This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'BALSA_1_0_0'.BALSA_1_0_0

svn path=/tags/BALSA_1_0_0/; revision=6429

78 files changed, 0 insertions, 12796 deletions

diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 282522db03..0000000000
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/doc/C/.cvsignore b/doc/C/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f4c48adbf..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-evolution-guide
-evolution-guide.junk
-evolution-guide.log
-evolution-guide.ps
-evolution-guide.dvi
-evolution-guide.tex
-fig/*.eps
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/C/Makefile.am b/doc/C/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 15f1e047b6..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-evolution_helpdir = $(datadir)/gnome/help/evolution/C
-
-SGML_FILES =			\
-	apx-authors.sgml	\
-	apx-bugs.sgml		\
-	apx-fdl.sgml		\
-	apx-gloss.sgml		\
-	config-prefs.sgml	\
-	config-setupassist.sgml	\
-	config-sync.sgml	\
-	evolution-guide.sgml	\
-	preface.sgml		\
-	usage-calendar.sgml	\
-	usage-contact.sgml	\
-	usage-mail.sgml		\
-	usage-mainwindow.sgml	\
-	usage-sync.sgml
-
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	$(SGML_FILES)
-
-all: evolution-guide
-
-evolution-guide: $(SGML_FILES)
-	-db2html evolution-guide.sgml
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/evolution-guide
-	-cp evolution-guide/*.html evolution-guide/*.css $(distdir)/evolution-guide
-	mkdir $(distdir)/fig
-	-cp fig/*.png $(distdir)/fig
-	mkdir $(distdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images
-	-cp evolution-guide/stylesheet-images/* $(distdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images
-
-install-data-local: evolution-guide
-	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)
-	-for file in $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/*.html $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/*.css; do \
-		basefile=`basename $$file`; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/$$basefile; \
-	done
-
-	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/fig
-	-for file in $(srcdir)/fig/*.png; do \
-		basefile=`basename $$file`; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/fig/$$basefile; \
-	done
-
-	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/stylesheet-images
-	-for file in $(srcdir)/evolution-guide/stylesheet-images/*; do \
-		basefile=`basename $$file`; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(evolution_helpdir)/stylesheet-images/$$basefile; \
-	done
-
-evolution.ps: evolution.sgml
-	-db2ps $<
-
-evolution.rtf: evolution.sgml	
-	-db2rtf $<
diff --git a/doc/C/apx-authors.sgml b/doc/C/apx-authors.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 89f0dd6bc5..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/apx-authors.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-  <appendix id="authors">
-    <title>Authors</title>
-     <para>
-      <application>Evolution</application> was written by:
-<simplelist>
-     <member>Seth Alves: <email>alves@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Anders Carlsson: <email>andersca@gnu.org</email></member>
-     <member>Damon Chaplin: <email>damon@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Clifford R. Conover: <email>rusty@zootweb.com</email></member>
-     <member>Miguel De Icaza: <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member> Radek Doulik: <email>rodo@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Arturo Espinoza: <email>arturo@nucleu.unam.mx</email></member>
-     <member>Larry Ewing: <email>lewing@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Bertrand Guiheneuf: <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Tuomas Kuosmanen: <email>tigert@gimp.org</email></member>
-     <member>Christopher J. Lahey: <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Matthew Loper: <email>matt@loper.org</email></member>
-     <member>Federico Mena: <email>federico@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Eskil Heyn Olsen: <email>deity@eski.dk</email></member>
-     <member>Nat Friedman: <email>nat@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Ettore Perazzoli: <email>ettore@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Jeffrey Stedfast: <email>jeff@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Russell Steinthal: <email>rms39@columbia.edu</email></member>     
-     <member>Peter Teichman: <email>peter@helixcode.com</email></member>     
-     <member>Chris Toshok: <email>toshok@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Peter Williams: <email>peter@newton.cx</email></member>
-     <member>Dan Winship: <email>danw@helixcode.com</email></member>
-     <member>Michael Zucchi: <email>notzed@helixcode.com</email></member>
-</simplelist>
-and other dedicated GNOME programmers. 
-</para>
-    <para>
-      The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt
-       to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and
-       <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to
-       <application>KHTMLW</application>.  The developers of
-       <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts
-       and contributions of all who worked on those projects.
-    </para>
-
-   <para>
-      For more information please visit the
-      <application>Evolution</application> <ulink
-      url="http://www.helixcode.com/apps/evolution.php3"
-      type="http">Web page</ulink>.  Please send all comments,
-      suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink
-      url="http://bugs.gnome.org" type="http">GNOME bug tracking
-      database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be
-      found on-line at <ulink
-      url="http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html" type="http">
-      http://bugs.gnome.org/Reporting.html</ulink>. You can also use
-      command <command>bug-buddy</command> for submitting bug reports.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      This manual was written by Aaron Weber
-      (<email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>) and Kevin Breit
-      (<email>battery841@mypad.com</email>) with the help of the
-      application programmers and the GNOME Documentation Project.
-      Please send all comments and suggestions regarding the manual to
-      the GNOME Documentation Project at
-      <email>docs@gnome.org</email>. You can also add your comments
-      online by using <ulink type="http"
-      url="http://www.gnome.org/gdp/doctable/">GNOME Documentation
-      Status Table</ulink>.
-    </para>
-    <!-- For translations: uncomment this: <para> Latin translation
-      was done by ME (<email>MYNAME@MYADDRESS</email>). Please send
-      all comments and suggestions regarding this translation to
-      SOMEWHERE.  </para> -->
-    </appendix>
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/apx-bugs.sgml b/doc/C/apx-bugs.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index e4a96a8155..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/apx-bugs.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="bugs">
-   
-    <title>Known bugs and limitations</title>
-    <abstract>
-    <para>
-     This appendix describes known bugs and limitations of
-    <application>Evolution</application>.  Please use the GNOME
-    <application>Bug Report Tool</application> (known as
-    <command>bug-buddy</command> at the command line) if you find one
-    we have not listed.
-    </para>
-    </abstract>
-
-    <para>
-      Evolution is still beta software, so the bug tracking is best
-      left to the bugzilla system and to the programmers.  However,
-      there are a number of limitations that will not be addressed
-      before version 1.0. The most notable are: Import of Microsoft
-      Outlook .pst files, and compatibility with the Microsoft
-      Exchange protocol.
-    </para>
-  </appendix>
-
diff --git a/doc/C/apx-fdl.sgml b/doc/C/apx-fdl.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 17a3bf3070..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/apx-fdl.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
-<appendix id="fdl">
-<title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
-<!-- - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF) -->
-<!-- LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org" -->
-
-
-  <sect1 id="fdl-version">
-    <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
-
-    <para>Version 1.1, March 2000</para>
-
-    <blockquote>
-      <para>Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
-Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</para>
-    </blockquote>
-    </sect1>
-  <sect1 id="fdl-preamble" label="0">
-    <title>PREAMBLE</title>
-
-    <para>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook,
-    or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-    assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-    with or without modifying it, either commercially or
-    noncommercially.  Secondarily, this License preserves for the
-    author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
-    being considered responsible for modifications made by
-    others.</para>
-
-    <para>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that
-    derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the
-    same sense.  It complements the GNU General Public License, which
-    is a copyleft license designed for free software.</para>
-
-    <para>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals
-    for free software, because free software needs free documentation:
-    a free program should come with manuals providing the same
-    freedoms that the software does.  But this License is not limited
-    to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
-    regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
-    printed book.  We recommend this License principally for works
-    whose purpose is instruction or reference.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="fdl-applicability" label="1">
-    <title>APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
-
-    <para>This License applies to any manual or other work that
-    contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-    distributed under the terms of this License.  The "Document",
-    below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the
-    public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".</para>
-
-    <para>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work
-    containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
-    verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
-    language.</para>
-
-    <para>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter
-    section of the Document that deals exclusively with the
-    relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the
-    Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains
-    nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
-    (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of
-    mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.)
-    The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with
-    the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial,
-    philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-    them.</para>
-
-    <para>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections
-    whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections,
-    in the notice that says that the Document is released under this
-    License.</para>
-
-    <para>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that
-    are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the
-    notice that says that the Document is released under this
-    License.</para>
-
-    <para>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a
-    machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification
-    is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed
-    and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text
-    editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs
-    or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that
-    is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
-    translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
-    formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
-    whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent
-    modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is not
-    "Transparent" is called "Opaque".</para>
-
-    <para>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
-    plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
-    format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
-    standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification.
-    Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that
-    can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
-    or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
-    available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word
-    processors for output purposes only.</para>
-
-    <para>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page
-    itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly,
-    the material this License requires to appear in the title page.
-    For works in formats which do not have any title page as such,
-    "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of
-    the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
-    text.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="2">
-    <title>VERBATIM COPYING</title>
-
-    <para>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium,
-    either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this
-    License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this
-    License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and
-    that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
-    License.  You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
-    control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
-    distribute.  However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
-    copies.  If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
-    must also follow the conditions in section 3.</para>
-
-    <para>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
-    above, and you may publicly display copies.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="3">
-    <title>COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
-
-    <para>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more
-    than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts,
-    you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and
-    legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front
-    cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must
-    also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
-    copies.  The front cover must present the full title with all
-    words of the title equally prominent and visible.  You may add
-    other material on the covers in addition.  Copying with changes
-    limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
-    Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim
-    copying in other respects.</para>
-
-    <para>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to
-    fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-    reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
-    adjacent pages.</para>
-
-    <para>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
-    numbering more than 100, you must either include a
-    machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
-    state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible
-    computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy
-    of the Document, free of added material, which the general
-    network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
-    charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the
-    latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
-    begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
-    this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-    location until at least one year after the last time you
-    distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
-    retailers) of that edition to the public.</para>
-
-    <para>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the
-    authors of the Document well before redistributing any large
-    number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an
-    updated version of the Document.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="4">
-    <title>MODIFICATIONS</title>
-
-    <para>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the
-    Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided
-    that you release the Modified Version under precisely this
-    License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the
-    Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
-    Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it.  In addition,
-    you must do these things in the Modified Version:</para>
-
-    <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
-      <listitem><para>Use in the Title Page
-      (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the
-      Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if
-      there were any, be listed in the History section of the
-      Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version if
-      the original publisher of that version gives permission.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>List on the Title Page,
-      as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for
-      authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version,
-      together with at least five of the principal authors of the
-      Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than
-      five).</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>State on the Title page
-      the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the
-      publisher.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Preserve all the
-      copyright notices of the Document.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Add an appropriate
-      copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other
-      copyright notices.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Include, immediately
-      after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public
-      permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this
-      License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Preserve in that license
-      notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover
-      Texts given in the Document's license notice.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Include an unaltered
-      copy of this License.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Preserve the section
-      entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating
-      at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the
-      Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If there is no
-      section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating
-      the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given
-      on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
-      Version as stated in the previous sentence.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Preserve the network
-      location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
-      Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network
-      locations given in the Document for previous versions it was
-      based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.  You
-      may omit a network location for a work that was published at
-      least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
-      publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>In any section entitled
-      "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's
-      title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
-      each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications
-      given therein.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Preserve all the
-      Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and
-      in their titles.  Section numbers or the equivalent are not
-      considered part of the section titles.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Delete any section
-      entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section may not be included in
-      the Modified Version.</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem><para>Do not retitle any
-      existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with
-      any Invariant Section.</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </orderedlist>
-    
-    <para>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections
-    or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
-    material copied from the Document, you may at your option
-    designate some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this,
-    add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
-    Version's license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any
-    other section titles.</para>
-
-    <para>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it
-    contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by
-    various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that
-    the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
-    definition of a standard.</para>
-
-    <para>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover
-    Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the
-    end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one
-    passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
-    added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the
-    Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
-    previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
-    you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
-    replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
-    publisher that added the old one.</para>
-
-    <para>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by
-    this License give permission to use their names for publicity for
-    or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="5">
-    <title>COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
-
-    <para>You may combine the Document with other documents released
-    under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
-    modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
-    all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
-    unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
-    combined work in its license notice.</para>
-
-    <para>The combined work need only contain one copy of this
-    License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced
-    with a single copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with
-    the same name but different contents, make the title of each such
-    section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the
-    name of the original author or publisher of that section if known,
-    or else a unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section
-    titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of
-    the combined work.</para>
-
-    <para>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
-    "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
-    entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled
-    "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You
-    must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="6">
-    <title>COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
-
-    <para>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and
-    other documents released under this License, and replace the
-    individual copies of this License in the various documents with a
-    single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you
-    follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of
-    the documents in all other respects.</para>
-
-    <para>You may extract a single document from such a collection,
-    and distribute it individually under this License, provided you
-    insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
-    follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
-    copying of that document.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="7">
-    <title>AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
-    
-    <para>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
-    separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
-    a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a
-    Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation
-    copyright is claimed for the compilation.  Such a compilation is
-    called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the
-    other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on
-    account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
-    derivative works of the Document.</para>
-
-    <para>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to
-    these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than
-    one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts
-    may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
-    aggregate.  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
-    aggregate.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="8">
-    <title>TRANSLATION</title>
-
-    <para>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-    distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
-    4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires
-    special permission from their copyright holders, but you may
-    include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition
-    to the original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may
-    include a translation of this License provided that you also
-    include the original English version of this License.  In case of
-    a disagreement between the translation and the original English
-    version of this License, the original English version will
-    prevail.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="9">
-    <title>TERMINATION</title>
-    
-    <para>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the
-    Document except as expressly provided for under this License.  Any
-    other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the
-    Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights
-    under this License.  However, parties who have received copies, or
-    rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-    terminated so long as such parties remain in full
-    compliance.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="10">
-    <title>FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
-
-    <para>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised
-    versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.
-    Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
-    version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or
-    concerns.  See <ulink
-    url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.</para>
-
-    <para>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing
-    version number.  If the Document specifies that a particular
-    numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to
-    it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-    either of that specified version or of any later version that has
-    been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-    If the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
-    you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
-    Free Software Foundation.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 label="">
-    <title>How to use this License for your documents</title>
-
-    <para>To use this License in a document you have written, include
-    a copy of the License in the document and put the following
-    copyright and license notices just after the title page:</para>
-
-<blockquote><para>
-      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
-      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
-      Free Documentation License".
-</para></blockquote>
-
-    <para>If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant
-    Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have
-    no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
-    "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover
-    Texts.</para>
-
-    <para>If your document contains nontrivial examples of program
-    code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
-    choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public
-    License, to permit their use in free software.</para>
-  </sect1>
-
-</appendix>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:nil
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-parent-document: ("referenz.sgml" "appendix")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
-sgml-local-catalogs: CATALOG
-sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -s referenz.sgml"
-ispell-skip-sgml: t
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/C/apx-gloss.sgml b/doc/C/apx-gloss.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index f04b381d19..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/apx-gloss.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,432 +0,0 @@
-<glossary id="apx-gloss">
-
- <title>Glossary</title>
-
- <glossentry id="attachment">
-  <glossterm>Attachment</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Any file sent along with an email.  Attachments may be embedded in
-    a message or appended to it.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-<glossentry id="automatic-indexing">
-  <glossterm>Automatic Indexing</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     Pre-sorting procedure that allows
-     <application>Evolution</application> to refer to data quickly.
-     It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for
-     data displays.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="bcc">
-  <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy)</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A way of addressing a message.  Bcc is used to send a group of
-    people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each
-    other.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="cc">
-  <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy)</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail,
-    so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the
-    To: list.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="druid">
-  <glossterm>Druid</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A tool which guides a user through a series of steps, usually to
-    configure or set up a program.  Equivalent to "Assistant" and
-    "Wizard."
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-<glossentry id="emoticon">
-  <glossterm>Emoticon</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     Also called "smileys," emoticons are the little sideways faces made
-     of colons and parentheses which people use to convey emotion in email.
-     Examples: :-) or ;(  .
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="evolution">
-  <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    <application>Evolution</application> is the <acronym> GNOME
-    </acronym> groupware application.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="execute">
-  <glossterm>Execute</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    To run a program.  Any file that can be run is called an
-    executable.  <application>Evolution</application> can download
-    executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must
-    be marked as executable with a shell or file manager.  This
-    security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution
-    of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file
-    permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="filetree">
-  <glossterm>File Tree</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     A way of describing a group of files on a computer.  With the
-     perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux)
-     nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory,
-     and denoted by <systemitem><filename>/</filename></systemitem>.
-     The rest of the "branches" spread downwards from the root.  Don't
-     confuse the root directory with the <systemitem>root</systemitem>
-     account, or root's home directory,
-     <systemitem><filename>/home/root</filename></systemitem>.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="filter">
-  <glossterm>Filter</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Within <application>Evolution</application>, a filter is a method
-    of sorting mail automatically.  You can create filters to perform
-    one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide
-    range of criteria.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="forward">
-  <glossterm>Forward</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-       the user can send a third party a message
-    which was sent to the user originally.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="groupware">
- <glossterm>Groupware</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups
-    of people work together.  Typically, a groupware application will
-    have several productivity features built into one program.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="haiku">
-  <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     A traditional Japanese form of poetry.  The poems are three lines
-     long, with first and last lines having five syllables, and the
-     second line seven syllables.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="html">
-  <glossterm>HTML</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Hyper-text Markup Language(<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language
-    for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages,
-    help files, and email messages.  HTML can be used in email and
-    news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="hot-key">
-  <glossterm>Hot Key</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a
-    computer instead of using the mouse to do the same action.
-    Hot-keys can speed up computer usage.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="ical">
-  <glossterm>iCal</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    <application>iCal</application> is the program which
-    <application>Evolution</application> uses to manage the calendar
-    section.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry> 
-
- <glossentry id="imap">
-  <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail
-    Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol.  Whatever it
-    stands for, it allows access to email which is typically (although
-    not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local
-    hard disk.  Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP</glossterm>.
-    This will not be on the test.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="inline">
-  <glossterm>Inline</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than
-     attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm
-     linkend="attachment">Attachment</glossterm>.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- 
-  <glossentry id="ldap">
-   <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm>
-   <glossdef>
-    <para>
-     LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client
-     to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers,
-     and people stored on a server.
-    </para>
-   </glossdef>
-  </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="mail-client">
-  <glossterm>Mail Client</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A mail client is the application with which a person reads and
-    sends e-mail.  Its counterparts are the various types of mail
-    servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from
-    sender to recipient.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="minicard">
-  <glossterm>Minicard</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-      A format for the display of contact data.  Similar in appearance
-      to a small business card.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry> 
-
- <glossentry id="nautilus">
-  <glossterm>Nautilus</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    <application>Nautilus</application> is the next generation file
-    manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym> being written by Eazel.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="nickname">
-  <glossterm>Nickname</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    An alias for an e-mail address.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="pop">
-  <glossterm>POP</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email
-     transport.  In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from
-     a server and store it locally on your hard disk.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="protocol">
-  <glossterm>Protocol</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for
-     sending particular types of information between computer systems.
-     Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP
-     (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages.
-
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="regular-expression">
-  <glossterm>Regular Expression</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-      A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a
-      string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols.  For
-      example, the statement <userinput>fly*so[a|u]p</userinput> means
-      "any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or
-      'soap'".  If you searched for that expression, you'd find both
-      "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap."  There's not room here to
-      go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation
-      for the <command>grep</command> command.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="script">
-  <glossterm>Script</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled)
-    language.  Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series
-    of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="sendmail">
-  <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-      As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a
-      program which sends mail.  <application>Evolution</application>
-      can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>; some people
-      prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more
-      difficult to set up.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="shortcut-bar">
-  <glossterm>Shortcut Bar</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-     A portion of <application>Evolution</application> which offers
-     users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the
-     application.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-  <glossentry id="signature">
-   <glossterm>Signature</glossterm>
-   <glossdef>
-    <para>
-     In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end
-     of every email sent, like a hand-written signature at the bottom
-     of a written letter.  A signature can be anything from a favorite
-     quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be
-     fewer than four lines long.
-    </para>
-   </glossdef>
-  </glossentry> 
-
-  <glossentry id="SMTP">
-   <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>
-   <glossdef>
-    <para>
-      This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from
-      the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for
-      Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
-    </para>
-   </glossdef>
-  </glossentry> 
-
- <glossentry id="spam">
-  <glossterm>Spam</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    Useless, unwanted e-mail.  Spam normally comes in forms of
-    chain-letters and advertisements for unscrupulous web sites or
-    services.  Messages that are merely useless are called "opt-in
-    newsletters."
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="virus">
-  <glossterm>Virus</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A malicious program which inserts itself into others so that it will be 
-    executed, allowing it to spread to still more programs and other computers.
-    A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging networks or disk drives, 
-    deleting files, or opening security holes.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vcard">
-  <glossterm>vCard</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you
-    get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in vCard
-    format.  Not to be confused with <glossterm
-    linkend="vfolder">vFolder</glossterm>.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vfolder">
-  <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm>
-  <glossdef>
-   <para>
-    An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder
-    that contains the results of a complex search. Folder contents are
-    are updated dynamically.
-   </para>
-  </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-</glossary>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/apx-gpl.sgml b/doc/C/apx-gpl.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c7e4cd0f7..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/apx-gpl.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
-<appendix id="gpl">
-  <title>GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</title>
-  <subtitle>Version 2, June 1991</subtitle>
-
-
-<para>
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-</para>
-<sect1>
-<title>Preamble</title>
-<para>
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-</para>
-<para>
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-</para>
-<para>
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-</para>
-<para>
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-</para>
-<para>
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-</para>
-<para>
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-</para>
-<para>
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-</para>
-<para>
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-</para>
-	   
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1>
-<title> GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title>
-<para>	
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-</para>
-<para>	 
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-</para>
-<para>	 
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-</para>
-<para>	 
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-</para>
-<para>	 
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-</para>
-<para>	 
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-<sect1>
-<title>NO WARRANTY</title>
-<para>
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-</para>
-<para>
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-</para>
-<para>
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-</para>
-</sect1>
-  <sect1>
-	 <title>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</title>
-<para>
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-</para>
-<para>
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-</para>
-<para>
-    &lt;one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.&gt;
-Copyright (C) &lt; year&gt;  &lt;name of author&gt;
-</para>
-<para>
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-</para>
-<para>
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-</para>
-<para>
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
-</para>
-<para>
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-</para>
-<para>
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-</para>
-<para>
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-</para>
-<para>
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-</para>
-<para>
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-</para>
-<para>
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-</para>
-<para>
-  &lt;signature of Ty Coon&gt;, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-</para>
-<para>
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
-</para>
-</sect1>
-</appendix>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/config-prefs.sgml b/doc/C/config-prefs.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 27c1ac57db..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/config-prefs.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,647 +0,0 @@
-<!-- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"> -->
-
-<chapter id="config-prefs">
-
-      <title>Advanced Configuration</title>
-      <para>
-        Perhaps your mail server has changed names.  Perhaps you've
-        grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments.
-        Whatever the reason, you want to change your
-        <application>Evolution</application> settings.  This chapter
-        will tell you how to do just that.
-      </para>
-
-       <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail">
-         <title>Mail Settings</title>
-        <para>
-        To change your mail settings, select <menuchoice>
-        <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mail
-        configuration</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the Inbox.  This
-        will open the <interface>mail preferences window</interface>,
-        illustrated in <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-fig">.  Mail
-        preferences are separated into several categories:
-        <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Identities</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-	    <para>
-               This allows you to create and alter one or more
-               identities for your email.
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guilabel>Sources</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-               This tab lets you tell
-               <application>Evolution</application> where to get the
-               mail sent to you, and how to get it.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-
-	  <term><guilabel>Mail Transport</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-               This tab lets you tell
-               <application>Evolution</application> how to send mail.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guilabel>News Servers</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              If you would like to use
-              <application>Evolution</application> to read newsgroups,
-              you can specify your news server preferences here.
-           </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guilabel>Other</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              Miscellaneous mail and news settings, such as HTML
-              handling preferences, and how long
-              <application>Evolution</application> should wait before
-              marking message read.
-           </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-
-    </para>
-
-      <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
-      <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig">
-	<title>Mail Preferences Dialog</title>
-	<screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Setting mail preferences</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/config-mail" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	    </graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-      <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
-
-
-      <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-identity">
-      <title>Identity Settings</title> 
-      <para>
-         If you have only one email account, or send email from only
-         one address, you will only need to configure one identity. If
-         you want, however, you can have multiple identities.  This
-         can be useful if you want to keep personal and professional
-         email separate, or if you wear several hats at work.
-         
-       </para>
-       <para>
-         To add a new identity, simply click
-         <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. To alter an existing identity,
-         click on it in the <guilabel>Identity</guilabel> tab of the
-         <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click
-         <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-         <application>Evolution</application> will then present you
-         with a dialog box containing four fields:
-          <itemizedlist>
-           <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <guilabel>Full Name:</guilabel> by default, this is the
-              same name as the full name described in your user
-              account on your computer.  You can select another if you
-              wish.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-           <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <guilabel>Email address:</guilabel> Enter your email
-              address in this space.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-           <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel> If you send email as
-              a representative of a company or other organization,
-              enter its name here.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-           <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <guilabel>Signature file:</guilabel> You may choose a
-              small text file to be appended to every message that you
-              send.  Typically, signature files include address or
-              other contact information, or a favorite quotation.
-              It's good form to keep it to four lines at the maximum.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-network">
-      <title>Network Settings</title> 
-      <para>
-        In order to send mail with
-        <application>Evolution</application>, you need to connect to
-        your network.  To do that, you'll need to know your user name
-        and password, what sort of mail sending and receiving
-        protocols your network uses, and the names of the servers
-        you'll be using.  If you're switching from another groupware
-        or email program, you can almost certainly use the same
-        settings as you did with that program. Network-related
-        settings are in the <guilabel>Mail Sources</guilabel> and
-        <guilabel>Mail Transport</guilabel> tabs.
-      </para>
- 
-      <sect3 id="config-prefs-network-sources">
-	<title>Mail Sources</title>
-	<para>
-          The <interface>Mail Sources</interface> tab allows you to
-          edit, add, or delete methods of retrieving mail from
-          servers.  Clicking on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or
-          <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> will bring up a dialog box to
-          offer you the following options:
-           <variablelist>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guilabel>Mail source type:</guilabel></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Select from IMAP or POP servers, or Unix-style
-                  <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>
-                  or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>
-                  files.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term> <guilabel>Server:</guilabel></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Enter the name of the mail source server in this
-                  field. If you use an  may or may not be the same as your
-                  <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm> server.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guilabel>Username:</guilabel></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Enter the user name for the account you have on the
-                  server-- this should the part of your email address
-                  before the @.  If you use
-                  <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>
-                  or <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>
-                  files as your mail source, you do not need to enter
-                  a username.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Tell <application>Evolution</application> how to
-                  verify your identity with the server.  Your options
-                  vary depending upon the type of server you are
-                  using, and the ways it is configured.  Given the
-                  name of a server,
-                  <application>Evolution</application> can detect what
-                  sorts of authentication it offers.
-               </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guilabel>Test Settings</guilabel></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Click this button to have
-                  <application>Evolution</application> check to see if
-                  mail sources are configured correctly.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	  </variablelist>
-          </para>
-          <para>
-            If you have several mail sources, clicking <guibutton>Get
-            Mail</guibutton> will refresh any IMAP,
-            <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>, or
-            <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>
-            listings and check and download mail from all POP servers.
-            In other words, <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> gets your
-            mail, no matter how many sources you have, or what types
-            they are.
-          </para>
-      </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="config-prefs-mail-network-transports">
-	<title>Mail Transports</title>
-	<para>
-           The <interface>Mail Transports</interface> tab lets you set
-           how you will send mail.  Evolution currently supports two
-           mail transport options: <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, which
-           uses a remote mail server, and
-           <guilabel>sendmail</guilabel>, which uses the
-           <application>sendmail</application> program on your local
-           system.  <application>Sendmail</application> is more
-           difficult to configure, but offers more flexibility than
-           <systemitem>SMTP</systemitem>.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-            To use <guilabel>SMTP</guilabel>, you'll need to enter the
-            name of your SMTP server.  It may have the same name as
-            your mail source server.
-         </para>
-         <para>
-            <application>Evolution</application> can attempt to
-            determine if you have entered a valid server name.  To
-            have it do so, click the <guilabel>Test
-            Settings</guilabel> button.
-         </para>
-	</sect3>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2 id="config-prefs-network-news">          
-          <title>News Servers</title>
-          <para>
-            Newsgroups are so much like mailing lists that there's no
-            reason not to keep them right next to your mail.  When you
-            first select the <guilabel>News Servers</guilabel> tab,
-            you will see a blank box with the three familiar buttons
-            on the right: <guibutton>Add</guibutton>,
-            <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, and
-            <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.
-          </para>
-          <para>
-            Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a news server; you
-            will be prompted for its name.  Enter the name, click
-            <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, and you're done.  You can have
-            as many mail servers as you like, of course.  News servers
-            will appear next to your IMAP servers in the
-            <interface>folder bar</interface>.
-          </para>
-     </sect2>
-
-     <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-other">
-	<title>Other Mail Preferences</title>
-	<para>
-          Not everything fits neatly into categories.  This tab
-          contains some miscellaneous configurations that don't have
-          too much to do with each other.
-          <variablelist>
-
-             <varlistentry>
-                <term> 
-                   <guilabel>Send messages in HTML format</guilabel>
-                </term>
-                <listitem><para>
-                    If you check this box, you will send
-                    messages as HTML by default.  If you leave it unchecked, your
-                    messages will be sent without HTML formatting unless you select 
-                    <menuchoice> <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>
-                    </menuchoice> in the message composer.
-                    See <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
-                    for more information about HTML mail.
-                </para></listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-             <varlistentry>
-                <term> 
-                   <guilabel>Mark Messages as Seen After</guilabel>
-                </term>
-                <listitem><para> 
-                    When you click on a message,
-                    <application>Evolution</application> will wait a
-                    moment before marking it as seen. You can set the
-                    delay, in milliseconds, here.
-                 </para></listitem>
-              </varlistentry>
-              <varlistentry>
-                <term>
-                   <guilabel>Folder Format</guilabel>
-                </term>
-                <listitem> <para> By default,
-                   <application>Evolution</application> saves its mail
-                   in the
-                   <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>
-                   format. You can switch to the
-                   <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem>
-                   format if you like.  Note that this is an advanced
-                   feature and may cause you to lose some messages, so
-                   you should probably make a backup of your
-                   <systemitem><filename>evolution</filename></systemitem>
-                   directory first. In addition, it will take quite
-                   some time if you have a large mailbox.
-               </para></listitem>
-             </varlistentry>
-           </variablelist>
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-
-    <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal">
-       <title>Configuring the Calendar</title>
-       <para>
-          To set your calendar preferences, select
-          <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
-          <guimenuitem>Calendar
-          Configuration</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the Calendar
-          view.  This will open up the
-          <interface>Preferences</interface> window.  It contains four
-          tabs: <guilabel>Time display</guilabel>,
-          <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>, <guilabel>To Do List</guilabel>
-          and <guilabel>Alarms</guilabel>.  The <interface>calendar
-          preferences window</interface> is illustrated in <xref
-          linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig">.
-
-      <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
-      <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig">
-	<title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title>
-	<screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>If this worked on my job as well as my calendar...</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/config-cal" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	    </graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-      <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
-        </para>
-
-    <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-time">
-      <title>Time Display Settings</title>
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Time display</guilabel> tab lets you set the
-        following:
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Time format</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and
-	      twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the
-	      appropriate radio button.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Weeks start on</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>You can set weeks to start on Sunday or on Monday.</para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Day range</term>
-	    <listitem>
-               <para>
-                 When does your work day start, and when does it end?
-                 In the day and week views,
-                 <application>Evolution</application> displays all the
-                 hours in the range you select here, even if there are
-                 no appointments for those times.  Of course, you can
-                 still schedule an appointment outside of these hours,
-                 and if you do, the display will be extended to show
-                 it.
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-color">
-      <title>Calendar Colors</title>
-      <para>
-        The <interface>colors tab</interface> allows you to decide
-        what color your calendar will be.  The tab consists of a
-        sample calendar on the right and a list of ten items that can
-        be colored in different ways.  If you click on the color
-        button to the right of each item, you will bring up a
-        color-selector window where you can choose to alter that
-        color.  By clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the color
-        selection dialog, you can see the results of the color on the
-        sample calendar.
-     </para>
-     <para>The display elements whose color you can set are:
-
-          <itemizedlist>
-           <listitem>
-              <para>
-                <guilabel>Outline:</guilabel> The lines between days
-                and at the top of the display.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-
-           <listitem>
-              <para> <guilabel>Headings:</guilabel> Text color for day
-                and month names and other headings.
-              </para>
-            </listitem>
-
-           <listitem>
-              <para> <guilabel>Empty days:</guilabel> This is the
-                background color for any time slots in which you have no appointments.
-               </para>
-            </listitem>  
-
-         <listitem>
-              <para>         
-             <guilabel>Appointments:</guilabel> This is the
-                background color for any time slots in which you have appointments.
-               </para>
-            </listitem>
-     
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para> <guilabel>Highlighted day:</guilabel> The
-              background color for a selected time slot.
-             </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-          
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>         
-              <guilabel>Day numbers:</guilabel> Text color for date numbers.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-              
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <guilabel>Current day's number:</guilabel> Text color for today's date.
-             </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is not yet
-             due:</guilabel> Text color for To-Do list items that are
-             not yet due.  (Or maybe background color? find out!)
-               </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is due today:</guilabel>
-             Text color for today's tasks.
-               </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para> <guilabel>To-Do item that is overdue:</guilabel>
-             Text color for overdue tasks.
-               </para>
-	  </listitem>
-
-          </itemizedlist>
-        </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-todo">
-      <title>To Do List Settings</title>
-     <para>
-       You can choose what information the To Do list displays and the
-       way it is displayed.  The two areas of the <interface>To Do
-       List</interface> tab offer several options each:
-       <variablelist>
-	 <varlistentry>
-	   <term>Show on To Do List</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                This box contains three items.  If you select the
-                check boxes next to them, that information will appear
-                in the To Do list for each task it contains:
-                <itemizedlist>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Due Date</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Time Until Due</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-               </itemizedlist>
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Style Options</term>
-	    <listitem>
-               <para>
-                 Select among the following checkboxes to determine
-                 how your To Do list will look:
-                <itemizedlist>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Highlight overdue items</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Highlight items due today</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-                  <listitem>
-		    <para><guilabel>Highlight not yet due items</guilabel></para>
-                   </listitem>
-               </itemizedlist>                 
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="config-prefs-cal-alarms">
-      <title>Alarms Settings</title>
-      <para>  
-        The <interface>alarms tab</interface> enables you to select from three boxes:
-        <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para><guilabel>Beep on display alarms</guilabel>: select
-	    this box to have <application>Evolution</application> beep
-	    at you for any alarms you have set.  If you leave this box
-	    unchecked, <application>Evolution</application> will only
-	    alert you to events by opening a dialog box. These beeps
-	    are distinct from full-fledged audio alarms.
-           </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para><guilabel>Audio alarms timeout after: </guilabel>
-	    Select this button to have your audio alarms stop
-	    automatically after a certain number of seconds.  </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para><guilabel>Enable snoozing for:</guilabel> If you
-	    would like to have the option to tell
-	    <application>Evolution</application> to repeat an alarm in
-	    a few minutes, select this button and decide how long
-	    you'd like it to wait.
-           </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>   
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-   </sect1>
-
-   <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact">
-      <title>Managing the Contact Manager</title>
-	<para>
-          To set the behavior of your Contact Manager, click on the
-          <guibutton>Contact Manager</guibutton> tab in the
-          <interface>Preferences</interface> window.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-          You can set the following options: <!--insert variable list
-          here-->
-        </para>
-      
-        <sect2 id="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add">
-           <title>Adding Directory Servers</title>
-           <para>
-              To add a new LDAP server to your available contact
-              folders, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
-              <guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem>
-              </menuchoice>.  This brings up a small dialog box which
-              will let you enter the following options:
-              <itemizedlist>
-	         <listitem><para>
-                    <guilabel>Name</guilabel> &mdash; any name you choose for the server.
-                 </para></listitem>
-
-                <listitem><para>
-                    <guilabel>Description</guilabel> &mdash; a longer description of the server.
-                 </para></listitem>
-
-                    <listitem><para>
-                    <guilabel>LDAP Server</guilabel> &mdash; the network address of the server.
-                 </para></listitem> 
-               
-                   <listitem><para>
-                    <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel> &mdash; by default, the port number is 389.
-                 </para></listitem>
-
-                   <listitem><para>
-                    <guilabel>Root DN</guilabel> &mdash; enter the root DN here.
-                 </para></listitem>
-             </itemizedlist>
-         </para>
-       </sect2>
-      </sect1>
-    
-
-
-  <sect1 id="config-prefs-general">
-    <title>General Preferences</title> 
-    <para>
-          Additional configuration options will be covered here, as
-          they become available.
-        </para>
-  </sect1>
-</chapter>
-    
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/config-setupassist.sgml b/doc/C/config-setupassist.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index d9649f1adc..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/config-setupassist.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
-    <chapter id="config-setupassist">
-      <title>Easy Setup with the Setup Assistant</title>
-      <para>
-        The first time you try to use email, the mail setup assistant
-        will ask you for some basic information, so
-        <application>Evolution</application> can let you use email. If
-        you prefer more detailed configuration, or if you want to make
-        changes to an existing email setup, see <xref
-        linkend="config-prefs">.
-      </para>
-
-   <sect1 id="config-setupassist-mail">
-      <title>Mail Setup</title>
-      <para>
-        The first time you try to send or receive mail with
-	<application>Evolution</application>, the <interface>mail
-	setup assistant</interface> will pop up to help you with your
-	email preferences.  If you don't plan to use email, or if
-	you'd rather deal with your email preferences later, click
-	<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>.
-      </para>
-
-<!--  
-
-
-
-Before you get it, though, you should decide where you want to
-	keep it.  Your options will vary a little depending on your
-	network setup, but they come down to storing the mail on your
-	hard disk (using <glossterm linkend="pop">POP</glossterm>), or
-	storing it on the network (using <glossterm
-	linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>).  If you store your mail on
-	your local hard disk, you can read it whether you're online or
-	not, but you can only read it from one computer.  If you store
-	it on the network, you can only read it when you're online,
-	but you can access it from almost any computer with a network
-	connection, even if it doesn't have
-	<application>Evolution</application>.
-
-
-        If you choose POP, you'll be putting mail in the
-        <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Local</guilabel>
-        folder.  If you choose IMAP, it's the
-        <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> of a folder with the same name as
-        your mail server.  That's so you can maintain several distinct
-        IMAP servers if you want.  See <xref
-        linkend="config-prefs-mail"> for more information about mail
-        servers.
--->
-
-      <para>
-         The setup assistant (sometimes called a
-	 <glossterm>Druid</glossterm>, by analogy with the "Wizards"
-	 that some other programs use) will guide you through the
-	 network configuration process.  It will ask you for some
-	 basic information; your system administrator or ISP should
-	 have the answers you'll need.  The mail setup assistant is
-	 pictured in <xref linkend="usage-setup-fig">.
-
-<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
-<!-- druid-pic should eventually become assistant-pic -->
-
-	<figure id="usage-setup-fig">
-	<title>Mail Setup Assistant</title>
-	<screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/mail-druid-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit">
-	    </graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-	</figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-
-
-
-  The assistant will ask you for the following information:
-        <variablelist>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-               <term> <guilabel>Name:</guilabel> </term> <listitem>
-	  <para>Your full name. </para></listitem>
-         </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term><guilabel>Email address:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-                 Your complete email address.
-                 </para></listitem>
-       </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guilabel>Organization:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              Any organization you represent, or the company where you
-              work.  Leave this blank if you wish, or type "My own bad
-              self" so people know your opinions are yours alone.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-
-      <varlistentry>
-	 <term><guilabel>Signature File:</guilabel></term>
-          <listitem>
-            <para>
-             A text file appended to any email you send.  A signature
-             file typically consists of your name and email address,
-             or a quotation you like.  It's good form to keep your
-             "sig" on the short side: four lines is plenty. Remember,
-             this is attached to every email you send.
-            </para>
-         </listitem>
-       </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-           <term> <guilabel>Mail source type:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <application>Evolution</application> supports several
-              mail sources: <glossterm>POP</glossterm> and
-              <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> servers, and UNIX-style
-              <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and
-              <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files.
-              POP servers retrieve your mail and store it on your
-              local system so you can refer to it even when not
-              connected to a network; <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>
-              servers store the mail on the server so you can access
-              it from multiple locations;
-              <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename>></systemitem>
-              files are used by your computer for internal mail, and
-              may be useful if you want to switch from another email
-              client such as <application>Spruce</application> or
-              <application>Netscape Communicator</application>.  Ask
-              your system administrator which you should use, or keep
-              guessing until one works.  You may use multiple sources
-              if you wish; see <xref
-              linkend="config-prefs-mail-network"> for more
-              information.
-            </para>
-            <para>
-              If you decide not to have
-              <application>Evolution</application> use any servers,
-              the remaining items are not relevant; you only need to
-              point to the location of the files you wish to access.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-          
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guilabel>Server:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              This should be the name of the server where you check
-              your mail, if you use one.  It may be the same as the
-              server where you send your outgoing mail, if you use
-              one.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-     <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guilabel>Username:</guilabel></term>
-	<listitem>
-             <para>
-              Enter the username for your mail server account, if you
-              have one. Normally, this is the part of your email
-              address before the @ character, and
-              <application>Evolution</application> has selected that
-              value as the default.  If you have a different username,
-              you can enter it here.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-     
-       <varlistentry>
-            <term><guilabel>Authentication:</guilabel></term> 
-	    <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              Select the type of authentication you will use.  You can
-              click <guibutton>Detect supported types</guibutton> to
-              find out which authentication protocols your network
-              allows.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-       </varlistentry>
-
-      <varlistentry> 
-         <term><guilabel>Mail Transport:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              This is the mail sending protocol you will want to use.
-              <application>Evolution</application> supports both SMTP
-              and <application>sendmail</application>.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-     </variablelist>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        To learn how to configure <application>Evolution</application>
-        in greater detail, or to change preferences once you have set
-        them, see <xref linkend="config-prefs">.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/config-sync.sgml b/doc/C/config-sync.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fcf94e3af..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/config-sync.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="config-sync">
-     <title>Setting up your synchronization system</title> 
-     <para>
-        Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to
-        deal with.  The first one is pretty simple: you'll need to get
-        the data to move among the various devices you're using.  If
-        you've already got <application>Gnome-Pilot</application>
-        working, then all you have to do is tell it to use the
-        <application>Evolution</application>
-        <glossterm>conduit</glossterm>.  If you haven't used
-        <application>Gnome-Pilot</application> before, you'll need to
-        run the GNOME <application>Control Center</application> and go
-        through the hand-held device setup assistant.  Then you can
-        select the Evolution conduit and press the hotsync button.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        If that doesn't work, jump up and down several times and swear
-        loudly.  Then make sure you've got
-        <application>Gnome-Pilot</application> going to the right
-        device (for my serial port, it's /dev/ttys0, not the default
-        /dev/pilot) and that you have read and write permission on
-        that device.  If you don't, you'll need to be added to whatever
-        group has those permissions (probably tty).
-     </para>
-     <para>
-        Once <application>Evolution</application> knows how to get the
-        mail, address, and calendar data, it needs to know what to do
-        with it.  When you synchronize your local data with the data
-        on a server or handheld device, you may run into conflicts:
-        perhaps you have ended up with two cards with the same name
-        and different addresses, or old mail that has been deleted
-        from one device but not the other.  What if you want to keep
-        only the a few contacts or messages on your hand-held or your
-        laptop, but keep all the data server or your desktop machine?
-        Select the <guibutton>Synchronization</guibutton> tab from the
-        <interface>Preferences</interface> window to set up the
-        conflict resolution preferences.
-     </para>
-      <para> 
-         You can set <application>Evolution</application>'s
-         synchronization behavior in the following ways: 
-         <!-- LIST HERE -->
-      </para>
-      <para> 
-         <warning> 
-	  <title>Data Loss Prevention</title> 
-	  <para>
-	    It's always a good idea to make a backup.  If you set your
-	    synchronization behaviors wrong, you could end up deleting
-	    the messages and cards you want to keep, and keeping the
-	    ones you want to delete.  Before you change these
-	    preferences, make a backup of your the
-	    <systemitem><filename>evolution</filename></systemitem>
-	    directory.
-          </para>
-	</warning>
-       </para>
-    </chapter>
diff --git a/doc/C/evolution-guide.sgml b/doc/C/evolution-guide.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 064bb0d305..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/evolution-guide.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN"[
-
-<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.sgml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-PRINT SYSTEM "usage-print.sgml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-SETUPASSIST SYSTEM "config-setupassist.sgml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.sgml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.sgml">
-<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.sgml">
-<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.sgml">
-<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.sgml">
-<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.sgml">
-
-]>
-
-
-<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity.  Files, Chapter id's, and
-entity names correspond.  APX is for appendix. Note that there is no
-entity for apx-notes.sgml, which is still included in the file
-set. Reinstate the entity if and when the Notes feature is
-implemented. -->
-
-<book id="index">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>A User's Guide to Evolution</title>
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author>
-      <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author>
-    </authorgroup>
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder> Helix Code, Inc., </holder>
-      <holder> Kevin Breit </holder>
-    </copyright>
-    
-    <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
- 
-     <para>
-         Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
-         document under the terms of the <ulink type="help"
-         url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>GNU Free Documentation
-         License</citetitle></ulink>, Version 1.1 or any later version
-         published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant
-         Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You
-         may obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation
-         License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by
-         visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their
-         Web site</ulink> or by writing to: Free Software Foundation,
-         Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-         USA.
-       </para>
-       <para>
-         Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
-         products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
-         names appear in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks
-         are made aware to the members of the GNOME Documentation
-         Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial caps.
-       </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-
-    <releaseinfo>
-       This is version 0.6 of the Evolution manual, describing version 
-       0.6 of Evolution.  
-   </releaseinfo>
-
-  </bookinfo>
-
-  &PREFACE;
-  
-  <part id="usage">
-    <title>Using Evolution</title>
-     <partintro>
-      <para>
-        Part one of the <application>Evolution</application> manual
-        describes how to use <application>Evolution</application>
-        for email, contact management, and appointment and task
-        scheduling.  You'll find as you go along that, as with most of
-        Linux, there's more than one way to do things, and you can
-        pick whichever method you like best.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &USAGE-MAINWINDOW;
-    &USAGE-MAIL;
-    &USAGE-CONTACT;
-    &USAGE-CALENDAR;
-<!--   &USAGE-NOTES; -->
-    &USAGE-SYNC; 
-    &USAGE-PRINT;
-  </part>
-  <part id="config">
-  <title>Configuring and Managing Evolution</title>
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-        <application>Evolution</application> is highly configurable.
-        Usually, when developers say that, they mean that they didn't
-        test it out thoroughly and have left it to other programmers
-        to "configure" themselves a working system.  But in the case
-        of <application>Evolution</application>, you can expect that
-        it will work perfectly well with minimal setup hassle, and
-        that you can alter its behavior to fit your needs with just a
-        little more work.  This part of the book will describe that
-        process, from the quickest glimpse of the Setup Assistant to
-        an in-depth tour of the preferences dialogs.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &CONFIG-SETUPASSIST;
-    &CONFIG-PREFS;
-    &CONFIG-SYNC;
-  </part>
-
-  <part>  
-    <title>Comprehensive Menu reference</title>
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-        The following reference covers all, or nearly all, of the
-        menus and menu commands that
-        <application>Evolution</application> has to offer you.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-    &MENUREF;
-  </part>
- 
-  &APX-GLOSS;
-  &APX-BUGS;
-  &APX-AUTHORS; 
-</book>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/calendar.png b/doc/C/fig/calendar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c9703f4903..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/calendar.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/config-cal.png b/doc/C/fig/config-cal.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 25b5b68621..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/config-cal.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/config-mail.png b/doc/C/fig/config-mail.png
deleted file mode 100644
index cd8543d94e..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/config-mail.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/contact-editor.png b/doc/C/fig/contact-editor.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 988ad2f918..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/contact-editor.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/contact.png b/doc/C/fig/contact.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a9ed02251a..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/contact.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png b/doc/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5248e0effe..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png b/doc/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a8b41ca678..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/filter-new-fig.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/mail-composer.png b/doc/C/fig/mail-composer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 22c16365b5..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/mail-composer.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png b/doc/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f29f3e77be..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/mail-inbox.png b/doc/C/fig/mail-inbox.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b4f18640b4..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/mail-inbox.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png b/doc/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 28bf487bf9..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/print-dest.png b/doc/C/fig/print-dest.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 464705711e..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/print-dest.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/print-preview.png b/doc/C/fig/print-preview.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f9a8d661a..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/print-preview.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png b/doc/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 162bebf48c..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/C/menuref.sgml b/doc/C/menuref.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 036b663b23..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/menuref.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1315 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="menuref">
-  <title>Menu Reference</title>
-  <para>
-    <application>Evolution</application>'s menus may not hold the
-    secret to happiness, they do hold every ability that
-    <application>Evolution</application> has. This section will serve
-    as a reference for all those menus, and the capabilites that they
-    offer you.
-  </para>
-  <para>
-    In addition, the editor tools for messages, appointments, and
-    contacts all have menu bars of their own. From left to right, the
-    menus available to you when you are reading mail are:
-    <guimenu>File</guimenu>, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>,
-    <guimenu>View</guimenu>, <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>,
-    <guimenu>Message</guimenu>, <guimenu>Folder</guimenu>and
-    <guimenu>Help</guimenu>.
-
-  </para>
-  <para>
-    Menus in <application>Evolution</application> are
-    context-sensitive, which means that they vary depending on what
-    you're doing.  If you're reading your mail, you'll have
-    mail-related menus; for your calendar, you'll have
-    calendar-related menu items.  Some menus, of course, like
-    <guimenu>Help</guimenu> and <guimenu>File</guimenu> don't much, if
-    at all, because they have more universal functions.  But you'd
-    never mark an address card as "read," or set the recurrence for an
-    email message you've recieved. depending on whether you're looking
-    at mail, contacts, or calendar information. 
-  </para>
-
-
-
-  <sect1 id="menuref-universal">
-    <title>Menus that are the same everywhere</title>
-    <para>
-      The <guimenu>File</guimenu> and <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menus in
-      the main <application>Evolution</application> window do not
-      change, because they refer to universal items.  Other menus have
-      contents that change depending on context.
-    </para>
-   
- <sect2 id="menuref-universal-file">
-      <title>File Menu</title>
-      <para>
-	<variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guisubmenu>New...</guisubmenu> Submenu</term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-		<itemizedlist>
-		  <listitem><para>
-		      <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-		       Create a new folder. See <xref 
-		       linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar">
-		       for more information about folders.
-		    </para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>
-		      <guimenuitem>Shortcut</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-		       Create a new Shortcut in the Shortcut Bar.
-		    </para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>
-		      <guimenuitem>Mail Message</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-		       Compose a new mail message. Covered in
-		       <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send">.
-		    </para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>
-		      <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-		       Enter a new appointment in your calendar. See <xref
-			linkend="usage-calendar-apts-basic"> for more information.
-		    </para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>
-		      <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-		       Enter a new to-do item in your taskpad. Covered in 
-		       <xref linkend="usage-calendar-todo">.
-		    </para></listitem>
-		</itemizedlist>
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Go to Folder</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               View the items in a particular folder.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Create New Folder</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-		 This item doesn't belong here any more.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Print Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-		 Print the current message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Exit</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-		 Quit using <application>Evolution</application>.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-universal-help">
-      <title>The Help Menu</title>
-      <para>
-      <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Help Index</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Displays the table of contents for this document.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Getting Started</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              A quick look around, and a summary of the things
-              <application>Evolution</application> can do for you.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Using the Mailer</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              An in-depth tour of <application>Evolution</application> Mail.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Using the Calendar</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             A step-by-step guide to using the Calendar.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Using the Contact Manager</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-            Find your way around the Contact Manager.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Submit Bug Report</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             If you don't report them, they can't fix them.  Select this item to let the 
-             developers know what's wrong.
-           </para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>About Evolution</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              Displays a window with information about the application and its authors.
-              This has the same information as <xref linkend="authors">.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-
-  <sect1 id="menuref-mail">
-    <title>Mail Menus</title>
-    <para>
-       <application>Evolution</application> Mail has more specialized
-       menus, and more specialized menu items, than any other part of
-       the application.
-    </para>
-   
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-edit">
-      <title>The Edit Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        This menu is currently empty.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-view">
-      <title>The Mail View Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        This menu lets you control the way
-        <application>Evolution</application> displays your information
-        for you.
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Toggle the shortcut bar on and off with this item.             
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. 
-             See <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> for 
-             more information about the folder bar.             
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Threaded Message List</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               This item controls whether your message list is displayed by thread 
-               or by other criteria.  The default order is by date; see
-               <xref linkend="usage-mail-listorder"> for information about the
-               order of the message list.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-tools">
-      <title>The Mail Settings Menu</title>
-      <para>
-      <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Edit your mail filters here.  
-             See <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">
-             for more information about mail filtering.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Create, edit, and delete Virtual Folders (<glossterm>vFolders</glossterm>)
-               with this tool. 
-              To learn about using vFolders with mail, see 
-              <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> 
-               Tools for setting up all your mail account preferences.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Manage Subscriptions</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               Tools for newsgroup and IMAP folder subscriptions.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Forget Passwords</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              This item will cause <application>Evolution</application>
-	      to forget what your password is.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-folder">
-      <title>The Mail Folder Menu</title>
-      <para>
-          The items in this menu relate to 
-          <application>Evolution</application> mail folders.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-          You can:
-          <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Mark all as Read</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	      <application>Evolution</application> keeps track of which messages 
-	      you've seen;  to mark everything in a folder as read, choose this item.
-	      You can mark a single message as read by right-clicking it in the message bar.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Delete All</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	      This is a favorite item of everyone with too much junk-mail: one click, and it 
-	      deletes every message in the current folder. 
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                 Empties the trash folder, erasing messages permanently. 
-                 Once you've done this, they're gone for good.
-	       </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Configure Folder</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Use this item to set the file format in which
-              <application>Evolution</application> stores mail. You
-              can choose from standard UNIX-style
-              <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem>
-              files, or the
-              <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> format.
-              Converting large mailboxes may take a long time, and
-              it's a good idea to have a backup copy beforehand.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-  <sect2 id="menuref-mail-message">
-      <title>The Mail Message Menu</title>
-      <para>
-          The items in this menu relate to
-          <application>Evolution</application> mail messages. Most of
-          them require you to have a message selected, and are also
-          available by right-clicking on a message in the message
-          list.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-          <variablelist>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Open in New Window</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Displays the selected message in a new window.
-	   </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Edit Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	      Open the selected message in the message composer.  You
-              can only edit a message you have written: drafts and messages in 
-              the <guilabel>Sent</guilabel> box. 
-	   </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Print Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Displays the <interface>Print Preview</interface> window, 
-               ready for printing.
-	   </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Opens a message composition window addressed to the
-               author of the  message.  Covered in detail in 
-               <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Reply to All</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	        Opens a message composition window addressed to the
-                author of the  message and all known recipients.
-                Covered in detail in <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Appends the body of the selected message to a new message.
-               Covered in detail in  <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">.               
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Delete Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Marks a message for deletion.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Move Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Choose a folder in which to place this message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Copy Message</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Copy the selected  message to another folder.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Subject</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       This item, and the three that follow it, will create vFolders 
-               which you may customize further or save as-is. This one will
-               create a vFolder which will display all messages that contain the 
-               subject line of the selected message.                
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Sender</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Creates a vFolder to hold all messages from the sender of
-               the selected message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>VFolder on Recipients</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Creates a VFolder to hold all messages addressed to the 
-               recipient of the selected message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Subject</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       This item, and the three that follow it, will create Filters 
-               for which you must select actions.  You may keep the criteria as 
-               they are, or alter them as you wish. This one will
-               create a filter which will affect all messages that contain the 
-               subject line of the selected message.                
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Sender</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Creates a filter which affects all messages from the sender of
-               the selected message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Filter on Recipients</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Creates a filter which will affect all messages addressed to the 
-               recipient of the selected message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="menuref-mail-editor">
-    <title>The Message Composer Menus</title>
-    <para>
-      The message composition window has its own set of menus:
-      <guimenu>File</guimenu>, which controls operations on files and
-      data, <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, for text editing,
-      <guimenu>Format</guimenu>, which controls the file format of
-      messages you send, <guimenu>View</guimenu>, to set how you view
-      the message, and <guimenu>Insert</guimenu>, which holds tools
-      for embedding files and other items in messages.  Here's what's in them:
-    </para>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-file">
-      <title>The Message Composer's File Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Open</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		 Open a text file or a draft mail message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Save</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		 Save a mail message as a text file.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Save As</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para> 
-		Choose a file name and location for
-		a message you want to save as a text file.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Save in Folder</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		 Save a message as a draft, rather than 
-		 as a separate text file.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Insert Text File</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		   Open a text file and insert it into 
-		   the current message. (FIXME: belongs under "Insert").
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	  
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Send Now</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		  Sends the message immediately.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenu>Send Later</guimenu></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-		  Queue 
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenu>Close</guimenu></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-		 Closes the message composer.  If you have not done so, 
-		 <application>Evolution</application>
-		 will ask you if you want to save your message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-editor-edit">
-      <title>The Message Composer's Edit Menu</title>
-      <para>
-          The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu in the message composer
-          contains the following items.  Keyboard shortcuts are listed
-          next to the items in the menus themselves.
-
-        <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Undo</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Undoes the last action you performed.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-    	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Redo</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               If you change your mind about Undoing something, 
-               you can always use this item.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Removes the selected text from the text entry window and 
-                retains it in the system "clipboard" memory, ready for pasting.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Copies selected text to the system clipboard without deleting it.
-              The text can then be inserted elsewhere with the 
-              <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Inserts the contents of the system clipboard at the 
-                location of the cursor.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               Enter a phrase and find your match in your message body.
-               As with <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem>, 
-               <guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem>, and
-               <guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem>, <application>Evolution</application>
-                will offer you the option to search forwards or backwards.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               If you are familiar with <glossterm>regular expressions</glossterm>,
-                often called "regexes," you can search for something more complicated, 
-               using wildcards and boolean logic.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Repeats your last search.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               Enter a word or phrase and the word or phrase with which you'd like
-               to replace it.  
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               This item brings up the Message Composer Properties Capplet, 
-               a portion of the GNOME Control Center that determines the 
-               key bindings for the message composer.  Help for this capplet is 
-               available directly from the Control Center.
-               (FIXME: Write that help doc too) (FIXME: this is in the wrong place!)
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-format">
-      <title>The Message Composer's Format Menu</title>
-      <para> 
-        The <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menu has only one item:
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                 Toggles HTML mode for the message composer.  When selected, 
-                 the message is displayed and sent in HTML.  If you have written a 
-                 message in HTML and turn HTML off, most formatting will be lost.
-                 <application>Evolution</application> will attempt to preserve spacing
-                 and to remove formatting gracefully, however.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-       </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-view">
-      <title>The Message Composer's View Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        The <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu controls the way messages are
-        displayed, and how much of the message, its headers, and
-        attachments appear.  It contains:
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> 
-              Toggles the display of attachments.  When this item is selected,
-              <application>Evolution</application> will create a separate pane
-              of the composition window to show what attachments you are appending
-              to the message. 
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-mail-composer-insert">
-      <title>The Message Composer's Insert Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        The <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu holds tools that allow you
-        to include images, horizontal rules, and other objects
-        in the body of your message. The tools are:
-        <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> 
-               This tool will prompt you to select an image file to 
-               insert into your HTML message.  For text messages, this
-               is the same as attaching an image file.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Link</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> 
-               Opens the <interface>link creation window</interface>, 
-               which lets you specify the URL and text description
-               for a link in your message.  This only works with HTML 
-               messages.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Rule</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>    
-             Opens the<interface> horizontal rule creation dialog</interface>, which lets you
-	     create an HTML horizontal rule.  For more information,
-	     see <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">.
-             This tool only works with HTML messages.
-	     </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Text File</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-	       Open a text file and insert it into the current message.
-               This tool works with both plain text and HTML messages.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-    <sect1 id="menuref-cal">
-    <title>The Calendar Menus</title>
-    <para>
-      The Main window of the calendar has the same menus as the main
-      window of the mail client.  However, their contents vary in a
-      number of ways.
-    </para>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-edit">
-      <title>The Calendar Edit Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         The contents of the Edit menu are currently so borked that I
-         refuse to document them right now. (That means FIXME). They
-         should be:
-
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Description
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Description
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              Description
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-view">
-      <title>The Calendar View Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        The Calendar's <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu contains the following items:
-
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this item.              
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. 
-             See <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> for 
-             more information about the folder bar.     
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-		  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>View By Day</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Switch to the day view for your calendar.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	  
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>View Five Days</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             View five calendar days at once. 
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	  
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>View by Week</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Switch the calendar view to full week mode.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>View By Month</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Look at a month at a time.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-settings">
-      <title>The Calendar Settings Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu is empty.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="menuref-cal-editor">
-    <title>The Appointment Editor Menus</title>
-    <para>
-    The appointment editor has its own menus, to help you use its
-    wide-ranging abilities.
-    </para>
-    
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-file">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's File Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains several items, including a <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> submenu
-         that is identical to that in the 
-         <link linkend="menuref-universal-file">main window's file menu</link>.
-         Its other contents are:
-         <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Send</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Opens a mail message with the appointment attached to it.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Save this appointment in the existing location and name. If you have not yet
-              chosen a location and name, this is the same as <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem>.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Choose a location and name for this appointment, and save it.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Deletes the appointment.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Move to Folder</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Chose a folder, and move the appointment into it.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Copy to Folder</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Chose a folder, and put a copy of the appointment into it.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Page Setup Submenu</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             This menu contains two items:
-                <itemizedlist>
-		  <listitem><para>
-                   <guimenuitem>Memo Style</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-                    FIXME: What does this do?
-                   </para></listitem>
-
-		  <listitem><para>
-                    <guimenuitem>Define Print Styles</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-                    FIXME: What does this do?
-                  </para></listitem>
-		</itemizedlist>
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Print Preview</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> Shows you what your appointment will look
-	    like if you print it. See <xref linkend="usage-print">
-	    for details on printing and the Print Preview function.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Prints the appointment without preview.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: What does this do?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Close the appointment editor window.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-edit">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's Edit Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         FIXME: this menu is copied and pasted entirely from somewhere
-         else.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-view">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's View Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu allows you to look at different appointments, and
-         set the way you look at them, without having to move back to
-         the <interface>Main Window</interface>. It contains:
-         <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guisubmenu>Previous</guisubmenu></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               The items in this submenu will take you to appointments
-               prior to the current one. (FIXME: describe).
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guisubmenu>Next</guisubmenu></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               The items in this submenu will take you to appointments
-               scheduled to occur after the current one. (FIXME: describe).
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               FIXME: What does this item do?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             The <guisubmenu>Toolbars</guisubmenu> submenu 
-             allows you to choose which toolbars
-             are displayed in the 
-             <interface>Appointment Editor</interface>. They are:
-             <itemizedlist>
-		  <listitem><para>
-                    <guimenuitem>Standard</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-                    Toggle the standard toolbar on and off.
-                   </para></listitem>
-
-		  <listitem><para>
-                    <guimenuitem>Formatting</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-                    Toggle the formatting toolbar on and off.
-                   </para></listitem>
-	
-		  <listitem><para>
-                    <guimenuitem>Customize</guimenuitem> &mdash;
-                    Select the contents of the formatting and standard toolbars.
-                   </para></listitem>
-		</itemizedlist>
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-insert">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's Insert Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        This menu contains: (FIXME: Insert Content Here)
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>File</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Choose a file to append to your appointment or appointment request.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Item</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: ?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Object</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: ?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-format">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's Format Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains two items, neither of which
-         have any functionality yet:
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: ?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Paragraph</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: ?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-tools">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's Tools Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains four items, including the
-         <guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> submenu, which allows you to
-         alter calendar forms and create your own entries.  None of
-         this works yet, though.
-
-         <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Spelling</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Checks the spelling of your calendar entry.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Check Names</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para> Checks the names listed here against
-	    those in your address book.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Address Book</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             FIXME: ?
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guisubmenu>Forms</guisubmenu> Submenu</term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               The Forms submenu lets you alter the
-	       appearance of Calendar Forms. 
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-actions">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's Actions Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        This menu contains:
-
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Brings up the <interface>Meeting Invitation</interface> window, 
-              described in <xref linkend="usage-calendar-apts">.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Cancel Invitation</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Cancels the event, notifying all attendees.  You may be prompted 
-              to specify an invitation message.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Forward as vCalendar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Opens the message composer with the current event attached.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Forward as Text</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Opens the message composer with a text description of the current
-              event included in the message body.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-cal-editor-help">
-      <title>The Appointment Editor's File Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu is empty.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1>
-    <title>Contact Manager Menus</title>
-    <para>
-     The contact manager has six menus: <guimenu>File</guimenu>,
-     <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>, <guimenu>View</guimenu>,
-     <guimenu>Setting</guimenu>s, <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>, and
-     <guimenu>Help</guimenu>.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-contact-edit">
-      <title>Contact Manager Edit Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu is empty.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="menuref-contact-view">
-      <title>Contact Manager View Menu</title>
-      <para>
-        This menu contains the following items:
-
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Shortcut Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Toggle the Shortcut Bar on and off with this item.              
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Show Folder Bar</guimenuitem></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-             Toggle the folder bar on and off with this item. 
-             See <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-folderbar"> for 
-             more information about the folder bar.     
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-		  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>As Table</guimenuitem> / <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             View your contacts as a table.  
-             When in table-view mode, this menu item reads 
-             <guimenuitem>As Minicards</guimenuitem>, and changes the view
-             back to the minicard format.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	  
-	</variablelist>      
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-   <sect2 id="menuref-contact-tools">
-      <title>Contact Manager Tools Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains one item:
-
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>Search for
-	    Contacts</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Brings up
-	    the in-depth search window. <xref
-	    linkend="contact-search"> describes how to use this
-	    feature.  </para></listitem>
-            </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-
-   <sect2 id="menuref-contact-actions">
-      <title>Contact Manager Tools Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains only one item:
-
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guimenuitem>New Directory Server</guimenuitem></term> <listitem><para> Brings up
-	    the in-depth search window. <xref
-	    linkend="config-prefs-contact-ldap-add"> describes how to use this
-	    feature.  </para></listitem>
-            </varlistentry>
-        </variablelist>
-
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="menuref-contact-editor">
-    <title>The Contact Editor Menus</title>
-    <para>
-       This window has only one menu: the file menu.
-    </para>
-   
-   <sect2 id="menuref-contact-editor-file">
-      <title>Contact Editor File Menu</title>
-      <para>
-         This menu contains five items:
-         <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              Allows you to save the contact as an external 
-              file in the <glossterm linkend="vcard">VCard</glossterm> format. 
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Prints the current contact.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-             Deletes the current contact.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	
-
-  
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term><guimenuitem>Close</guimenuitem></term>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              Closes the Contact Editor without saving.
-           </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>	
-
-	</variablelist>  
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-  
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/preface.sgml b/doc/C/preface.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2987dd7988..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/preface.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE preface PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-  <preface id="introduction">
-<!-- =============Introduction ============================= -->
-    <title>Introduction</title> 
-
-    <sect1 id="what"> 
-      <title>What is Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title>
-      <para>
-        Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible;
-        it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be
-        <emphasis>informed</emphasis>.
-        <application>Evolution</application>'s goal is to make the
-        tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving information
-        easier, so you can work and communicate with others.  That is,
-        it's a highly evolved <glossterm
-        linkend="groupware">groupware</glossterm> program, an integral
-        part of the Internet-connected desktop. On the inside, it's a
-        powerful database; on the outside, it's a tool to help you get
-        your work done.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        Because it's part of the GNOME project,
-        <application>Evolution</application> is free software.  The
-        program and its source code are released under the terms of
-        the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU
-        Public License (GPL)</citetitle></ulink>, and the
-        documentation falls under the <ulink type="help"
-        url="gnome-help:fdl"><citetitle>Free Documentation
-        License</citetitle></ulink> (FDL). For more information about
-        the GPL and the FDL, visit the Free Software Foundation's
-        website at <ulink
-        url="http://www.fsf.org">http://www.fsf.org</ulink>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        <note>
-           <title>This is a preview release</title>
-           <para>
-             <application>Evolution</application> is not complete, and
-             still has a lot of flaws.  Please help improve it by
-             letting us know about them.  You should do this by
-             submitting bug reports with the GNOME <application>Bug
-             Report Tool</application> (known as
-             <command>bug-buddy</command> at the command line).
-          </para>
-        </note>
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        <application>Evolution</application> can help you work in a
-        group, by handling email, address and other contact
-        information, and one or more calendars.  It can do that on one
-        or several computers, connected directly or over a network,
-        for one person or for large groups.
-        <application>Evolution</application> can handle almost all
-        your communications and information management tasks with the
-        power and flexibility of the GNOME desktop environment.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        The <application>Evolution</application> project has four
-        central goals:
-
-        <itemizedlist>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-             The application must be <emphasis>both powerful and easy
-             to use</emphasis>. That means a familiar and intuitive
-             interface that users can customize to their liking, and
-             the development of shortcuts for complex tasks.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              <application>Evolution</application> must meet and
-              exceed the standards set by other groupware products.
-              It must include support for major network <glossterm
-              linkend="protocol">protocols</glossterm> so that it can
-              integrate seamlessly with existing hardware and network
-              environments.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-               The project must support open standards and be open to
-               expansion, so that it can become a development platform
-               as well as an application.  From the simplest scripting
-               to the most complex network and component programming,
-               <application>Evolution</application> must offer
-               developers an environment for cutting-edge application
-               development.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-               Data must be safe: <application>Evolution</application>
-               must not lose mail, corrupt mailbox files or other
-               data, execute arbitrary <glossterm linkend="script">scripts</glossterm>,
-               or delete files from your hard disk.
-            </para>
-          </listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        <application>Evolution</application> is designed to make most
-        daily tasks faster.  For example, it takes only one or two
-        clicks to enter an appointment or an address card sent to you
-        by email, or to send email to a contact or appointment.
-        <application>Evolution</application> makes displays faster and
-        more efficient, so searches are faster and memory usage is
-        lower.  People who get lots of mail will appreciate advanced
-        features like <link
-        linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">vFolders</link>, which
-        let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail
-        folders.
-      </para>
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="aboutbook">
-      <title>About This Book</title>
-    <!-- ************** FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH FOR DRAFT ONLY ************* -->
-      <para>
-        This version of the <application>Evolution</application>
-        User's Guide is a <emphasis>draft</emphasis>. It describes
-        version 0.6 of the software.  It is missing huge
-        chunks of information, and many of the features it describes
-        are unimplemented.  All the content is subject to change,
-        especially if you help.  Please send comments on the guide to
-        <email>aaron@helixcode.com</email>. If you would like to work
-        on the guide please contact me or see the GNOME Documentation
-        project <ulink
-        url="http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp">web
-        site</ulink>.  This paragraph will be removed in later
-        versions of the manual.
-      </para>
-    <!-- ************* END DRAFT ONLY PARAGRAPH ************** -->
-
-      <para>
-        This book is divided into two parts, with several
-        appendices. The first part is a <link linkend="usage">guided
-        tour</link>&mdash; it will explain how to use
-        <application>Evolution</application>.  If you are new to
-        <application>Evolution</application> or to groupware in
-        general, this is the section for you. The second section,
-        covering <link linkend="config">configuration</link>, is
-        targeted at more advanced users, but anyone who wants to
-        change the way <application>Evolution</application> looks or
-        acts can benefit from reading it.  In addition, there is a
-        comprehensive <link linkend="menuref">menu
-        reference</link> which describes nearly every capability that
-        <application>Evolution</application> has to offer.
-      </para>
-      <formalpara>
-        <title>Typographical conventions</title>
-	<para>
-          Some kinds of words are marked off with special typography:
-          <simplelist>
-	    <member><application>Applications</application></member>
-	    <member><command>Commands</command> typed at the command line</member>
-	    <member><guilabel>Labels</guilabel> for interface items</member>
-
-            <member> Menu selections look like this:
-                       <menuchoice>
-                          <guimenu>Menu</guimenu>
-                          <guisubmenu>Submenu</guisubmenu> 
-                          <guimenuitem>Menu Item</guimenuitem>
-                     </menuchoice>
-            </member>
-	    <member><guibutton>Buttons</guibutton> you can
-            click</member> <member><userinput>Anything you type
-            in</userinput></member> <member><computeroutput>Text
-            output from a computer</computeroutput></member>
-            <member><glossterm linkend="apx-gloss">Words</glossterm>
-            that are defined in the <xref linkend="apx-gloss">.</member>
-	  </simplelist>
-        </para>
-      </formalpara>
-  </sect1>
-  <sect1 id="commontasks">
-    <title>Quick Reference for Common Tasks</title>
-    <para>
-        You might want to get a copy of this section and tape it to
-        the wall next to your computer: it's a very short summary of
-        most of the things you'll want to do with
-        <application>Evolution</application>, and pointers to the
-        sections of the book where you'll find more in-depth
-        description of those tasks.
-    </para>
-    <sect2 id="quickref-newthings">
-      <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title>
-      <para>
-         Here are the keyboard shortcuts and menu items you're most
-         likely to use: (Please note that the shortcuts listed are
-         probably wrong at this point).
-         
-          <variablelist>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create a new folder</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-                <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift </keycap>
-		  <keycap>F</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create a new Shortcut in the Evolution Bar</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>       
-                  <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
-		  <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-		  <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift</keycap>
-		  <keycap>S</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create a new email message:</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                Use
-                <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail
-                Message</guimenuitem>  </menuchoice> or 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift </keycap>
-		  <keycap>M</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create a new Appointment</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>       
-                  <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
-		  <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-		  <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>  or 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift</keycap>
-		  <keycap>A</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create a new Task</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>       
-                  <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
-		  <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-		  <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem>  </menuchoice> or 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift</keycap>
-		  <keycap>T</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Enter a new Contact</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>       
-                  <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
-		  <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-		  <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>  or 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>Shift</keycap>
-		  <keycap>C</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-    </sect2> 
-    <sect2 id="quickref-mail">
-      <title>Mail Tasks</title>
-      <para>
-        Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the mouse:
-         <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Check Mail</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                Click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the toolbar, or press 
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Reply to a Message</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                Select the message to which you want to reply, and
-                click <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> in the
-                toolbar, or press
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  
-          <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Forward a Message</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                Select the message you want to forward, and
-                click <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> in the
-                toolbar, or press
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-		  <keycap>FIXME</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Open a Message in a New Window</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                Double-click the message you want to view, or press
-                <keycombo action="simul">
-		  <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
-		  <keycap>O</keycap>
-                </keycombo>
-                </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-          <varlistentry>
-	    <term>Create Filters and vFolders</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                You can create filters and vFolders based on specific
-                message attributes by right-clicking on a message or
-                by selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
-                <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-                or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
-                <guimenuitem>vFolder Editor</guimenuitem>
-                </menuchoice>.  Filters are discussed in <xref
-                linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">, and vFolders
-                in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">.
-            </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2 id="quickref-cal">
-        <title>Calendar</title>
-        <para>
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	  </variablelist>
-
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2 id="quickref-contact">
-        <title>Contact Manager</title>
-        <para>
-
-
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	  </variablelist>
-
-
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-  </preface>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-calendar.sgml b/doc/C/usage-calendar.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 72f278a424..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-calendar.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-calendar">
-  <title>The Evolution Calendar</title>
-  <para>
-    To begin using the calendar, select
-    <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> from the <interface>shortcut
-    bar</interface>.  By default, the calendar starts showing today's
-    schedule on a grey and white ruled background.  At the upper
-    right, there's a monthly calendar you can use to switch days.
-    Below that, there's a <guilabel>TaskPad</guilabel>, where you can
-    keep a sort of glorified to-do list that's not linked to your
-    calendar.  The calendar's daily view is shown in <xref
-    linkend="usage-calendar-fig">.
-
-   <!-- ============== Figure ============================= -->
-    <figure id="usage-calendar-fig">
-      <title>Evolution Calendar View</title>
-      <screenshot>
-	<screeninfo>Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo>
-	<graphic fileref="fig/calendar" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-      </screenshot>
-    </figure>
-  <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= --> 
-
-  </para>
-    <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view"> 
-    <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>
-
-    <para>
-       You can view your calendar by the day, by the week, by the
-       month, or by the year; press the calendar-shaped buttons on the
-       right side of the toolbar to switch between views.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       To view yesterday's appointments, &mdash;last week's, if you're in
-       the weekly view, and last month's for the monthly view&mdash; click
-       the <guibutton>Prev</guibutton> button.  For tomorrow, next week,
-       or next month, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and of course,
-       click <guibutton>Today</guibutton> for today.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       To visit a specific date's calendar entries, click
-       <guibutton>Go To</guibutton> and select the date in the dialog
-       box that appears.
-    </para>
-
-
-<!-- ############### FIXME FIXME FIXME ############
-Feature not yet implemented, and may not be implemented due to
-lack of time, resources, and interest.
-    <para>
-       In addition, <application>Evolution</application> supports
-       Hebrew, Muslim, and other calendar formats.  To switch to a
-       different calendar format, choose
-       <guimenuitem>GUIMENUITEM</guimenuitem> from the
-       <guimenu>GUIMENU</guimenu>.
-    </para>
-################  END FIXME AREA   ##################   -->
-
-  </sect1>
-  <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts">
-    <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>
-    <para>
-       The <application>Evolution</application> calendar allows you to
-       schedule events for yourself or a group of people.  It can
-       handle events that repeat, event lengths from ten minutes to
-       multiple days, and events that have a date but no specific
-       time.  Of course, you can also set event reminders and alarms
-       so that you don't forget about everything you've just put into
-       your calendar. From office or family to office
-       <emphasis>and</emphasis> family,
-       <application>Evolution</application> can handle the schedule.
-    </para>
-    <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic">
-      <title>Creating events</title>
-      <para>
-	To create a new calendar event, select
-        <menuchoice>
-	  <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-	  <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> 
-	  <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem>
-	</menuchoice>
-	or click the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the left end
-	of the toolbar. The <interface>New Appointment</interface>
-	dialog will pop up with the usual menu bar, tool bar, and
-	window full of choices for you.
-      </para>
-      <tip id="new-appointment-shortcut">
-        <title>Shortcut</title>
-        <para>
-           If you don't need to enter more information than the date
-           and time of the appointment, you just click in any blank
-           space in the calendar and start typing. You can enter other
-           information later with the appointment editor.
-        </para>
-      </tip>
-
-      <para>
-        Your event must have a starting and ending date &mdash; by
-        default, today &mdash; but you can choose whether to give it
-        starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All
-        day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel>
-        appears at the top of a day's event list rather than inside
-        it.  That makes it easy to have events that overlap and fit
-        inside each other.  For example, a conference might be an all
-        day event, and the meetings at the conference would be timed
-        events.  Of course, events with specific starting and ending
-        times can also overlap.  When they do they're displayed as
-        multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.
-      </para>
-      <note>
-       <title>Doing Two Things At Once</title>
-         <para>
-           If you create calendar events that overlap,
-           <application>Evolution</application> will display them side
-           by side in your calendar.  However,
-           <application>Evolution</application> cannot help you do
-           multiple things at once.
-         </para>
-      </note>
-      <para>
-         You can have as many as four different
-         <guilabel>Alarms</guilabel>, any time prior to the event
-         you've scheduled.  You can have one alarm of each type:
-         <variablelist>
-           <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Display</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of
-	        your event.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry> 
-	    <term><guilabel>Audio</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound
-	        alarm.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Program</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        Select this if you would like some additional application
-	        to run as a reminder.  You can enter its name in the
-	        text field, or find it with the
-	        <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Mail</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	         <application>Evolution</application> will send an
-	         email reminder to the address you enter into the text
-	         field.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-	    
-      </para>
-      <para>
-         <guilabel>Classification</guilabel> is a little more
-         complicated, and only applies to calendars on a
-         network. <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category,
-         and a public event can be viewed by anyone on the calendar
-         sharing network.  <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one
-         level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> a
-         higher level.  <!-- FIXME --> Exact determinations and implementations of
-         this feature have yet to be determined. <!-- FIXME -->
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe
-        repetition in events ranging from once every day up to once
-        every 100 years.  You can then choose a time when repetition
-        will stop, and, under <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick
-        individual days when the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis>
-        recur.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	Once you're done with all those settings, click on the disk
-	icon in the toolbar.  That will save the event and close the
-	event editor window. If you want, you can alter an event
-	summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You
-	can change other settings by right-clicking on the event in
-	the and then choosing <guimenuitem>Edit this Appointment</guimenuitem>.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ###################
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group">
-      <title>Appointments for Groups</title>
-      <para>
-	If you have your calendar set up to work with other
-	calendars over a network, you can see when others are
-	available to meet with you. 
-      </para>
-      <note>
-	<title>Unimplemented Feature</title>
-	<para>This feature is not yet implemented.</para>
-      </note>
-
-      <para>
-	In addition, you can use <application>Evolution</application>
-	to mark a meeting request on another person's calendar.  To do
-	it, click <guibutton>New</guibutton> in the calendar toolbar,
-	or select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-	<guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-	<guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring
-	up the <interface>new event</interface> window.  Then describe
-	the event as you would any other.  Before you click
-	<guibutton>OK</guibutton>, (INSERT DESCRIPTION HERE...).
-	<application>Evolution</application> will automatically send
-	email to each person on the request list, notifying of the
-	time and date of the meeting you have requested with them.  In
-	addition, it will mark the event on your calendar and on
-	theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, event.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	To mark a tentative event as confirmed, click once on the
-	event in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select
-	it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Event
-	Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
-	menu.  In the <interface>Event Properties</interface> dialog
-	window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the
-	event.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs">
-      <title>Scheduling privileges</title>
-      <para>
-	There are several levels of scheduling privileges.  You
-	can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they
-	can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can
-	create appointments.  This section may have to be deleted,
-	because I don't know if we are going to support privileges
-	at all.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
- ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ -->
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo">
-   <title>The Task Pad</title>
-    <para>
-       The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the
-       calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your
-       calendar events.  Tasks are colored and sorted by priority and
-       due-date (see <xref linkend="config-prefs"> for more
-       information), and are included with calendar data during
-       synchronization with a hand-held device.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       To record a new task, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
-       button below the list.  <application>Evolution</application>
-       will pop up a small window with five items in it:
-     
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	  <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-            <para>
-              The description you enter here will appear in the To Do
-              list itself.
-          </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-            Decide when this item is
-            due.  You can either type in a date and time, or select one from
-            the <guibutton>Calendar</guibutton> and time drop-down menus.
-          </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guilabel>Priority:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-             Select a level of importance from 1 (most important) to 9
-              (least important).
-            </para>
-	  </listitem> 
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term> <guilabel>Item Comments:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of
-              the item here.
-            </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary
-       appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of the
-       calendar window.  To view or edit a detailed description of an
-       item, double-click on it, or select it and click
-       <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>.  You can delete items by selecting
-       them and clicking on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple">
-    <title>Multiple Calendars</title>
-    <para>
-       <application>Evolution</application> permits you to have and
-       maintain multiple calendars.  This is useful if you maintain
-       schedules for other people, if you are responsible for resource
-       or room allocation, or if you have multiple personalities.
-    </para>
-   
-    <example>
-      <title>Keeping Multiple Calendars</title>
-      <para>
-        Keelyn. the office manager for a small company, has one
-        calendar for her own schedule.  On the local network, she
-        maintains one for the conference room, so people know when
-        they can schedule meetings.  Next to that, she maintains a
-        calendar that reflects when consultants are going to be on
-        site, and another that keeps track of when the Red Sox are
-        playing.
-      </para>
-    </example>
-    <para>
-      To create a new calendar, select 
-      <menuchoice>
-	<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-	<guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem>
-      </menuchoice>.
-       You can place the calendar in any calendar folder and access it
-       from the folder view.  Alarms, configuration, and display for
-       each calendar are separate from each other.
-    </para>
-    
-  </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-contact.sgml b/doc/C/usage-contact.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 21630cacb3..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-contact.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,617 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-contact">
-  <title>The Evolution Contact Manager</title>
-  <abstract>
-    <para>
-      The <application>Evolution</application> contact manager can
-      handle all of the functions of an address book, phone book, or
-      Rolodex.  Of course, it's a lot easier to update
-      <application>Evolution</application> than it is to change an
-      actual paper book. <application>Evolution</application> also
-      allows easy synchronization with hand-held and remote devices.
-      Since <application>Evolution</application> supports most major
-      network protocols, including <glossterm linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm>, it can
-      fit into almost any existing network.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      Another advantage of the <application>Evolution</application>
-      address book is its integration with the rest of the
-      application.  That means that when you look for someone's
-      address, you can also see a history of appointments with that
-      person.  Or, you can get an e-mail with contact information in
-      it and create a new address card on the spot.  In addition,
-      searches and folders and all work in the same way they do in the
-      other components, so you don't have to learn another system for
-      similar tasks.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      This chapter will cover using the
-      <application>Evolution</application> contact manager to organize
-      any amount of contact information, share addresses over a
-      network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks.  To
-      learn about configuring the contact manager, see <xref
-      linkend="config-prefs-contact">.
-    </para>
-  </abstract>
-  <sect1 id="usage-contact-basic">
-    <title>Getting Started With the Contact Manager</title>	
-    
-    <para>
-       To open up your address book, click on
-       <guibutton>Contacts</guibutton> in the shortcut bar, or select
-       one of your contacts folders from the folder bar.  <xref
-       linkend="usage-contact-fig"> shows the Contact Manager in all
-       its organizational glory.  By default, the contact manager
-       shows all your cards in alphabetical order, in a <glossterm
-       linkend="minicard">minicard</glossterm> format.  You can select
-       other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust
-       the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the grey
-       column dividers.
-    </para>
-
-
-    <figure id="usage-contact-fig">
-      <title>Evolution Contact Manager</title>
-      <screenshot>
-	<screeninfo>Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo>
-	<graphic fileref="fig/contact" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	    </graphic>
-      </screenshot>
-    </figure>
-
-    <para>
-       The toolbar for the address book is quite simple:
-       <itemizedlist>
-	<listitem><para>
-           Press <guibutton>New</guibutton> for a new contact.
-	</para></listitem>
-
-	<listitem><para>
-           <guibutton>Find</guibutton> brings up an in-depth search window.
-         </para></listitem>
-	
-	<listitem><para>
-	    Press <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print one or more cards.
-	</para></listitem>
-        <listitem><para>
-           <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> deletes a selected card.
-        </para></listitem>
-
-        <listitem><para> <guibutton>View All</guibutton> Displays all
-           the address information in the folder.  Use this button to
-           refresh the display for a network folder, or to switch from
-           viewing the results of a search and see the whole contents.
-           </para></listitem>
-
-        <listitem><para> <guibutton>Stop</guibutton> Stop loading
-           contact data from the network.  This button is only
-           relevant if you are looking at contact information on a
-           network.  </para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-       The rest of the contact manager is taken up by the display of
-       your contact information.  You can view that display as a table
-       or as a list of cards&mdash; switch views in the
-       <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu &mdash; and move through them
-       alphabetically with the buttons and the scrollbar at the right
-       of the window. Of course, if you have more than a few people
-       listed, you'll want some way of finding them more quickly,
-       which is why there's a search feature.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect2 id="contact-search">
-      <title>Searching for Contacts</title>
-      <para>
-	   Between <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> and <guilabel>View
-    	   All</guilabel> is <guilabel>Quick Search</guilabel>. To use
-    	   it, just type in one or more words you're looking for and
-    	   hit <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
-    	   <application>Evolution</application> will search through
-    	   the contents of every displayed card to find one that
-    	   matches. That means that you can refine searches by doing several in
-    	   succession.
-	</para>
-      <para>
-	   If there are no matches, the card display will be blank. When
-	   you'd like to see all the cards again, press <guilabel>Show
-	   All</guilabel>.
-      </para>
-      <example id="contact-quicksearch-ex">
-	<title>Refining a Quick Search</title>
-	<para>
-	    Tom comes back from lunch and finds a note on his keyboard:
-	    "Curtis in sales called for you, but he didn't leave a number,
-	    and I forgot to write down the name of the company he works
-	    for. He said it was important, though." Tom is not at all
-	    annoyed.
-         </para>
-	 <para>
-	    He opens his contacts folder, and runs a quick search for
-	    "Curtis;" there are eighteen different people with that name
-	    in the file. He then enters "Sales," and
-	    <application>Evolution</application> narrows it down to the
-	    right Curtis. He only becomes annoyed when he discovers that
-	    the call was not actually important.
-          </para>
-      </example>
-    
-      <para>
-        If you prefer to perform a more complex search, press
-        <guibutton>Find</guibutton> or choose
-        <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Search for
-        Contact</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will open the in-depth search window, which
-        lets you use multiple search criteria in the same way that
-        email filters and <glossterm linkend="vfolder">vFolders</glossterm> do..
-      </para>    
-      <para>
-        Click <guibutton>Add Criterion</guibutton> to increase the
-        number of criteria you'd like to use in the search, and
-        <guibutton>Remove Criterion</guibutton> to remove one from the
-        bottom of the list.  Your criteria may be a searchs within the
-        <guilabel>Name</guilabel> or <guilabel>Email</guilabel>
-        fields; alternately you can choose to search through all the
-        fields with a regular expression.  Then, you can select all
-        the familiar requirements like <guilabel>Begins
-        With</guilabel> and <guilabel>Does Not Contain</guilabel>,
-        decide whether to match <guilabel>All</guilabel> or
-        <guilabel>Any</guilabel> of your criteria, and press
-        <guibutton>Search</guibutton> to set it all off.
-      </para>
-    
-    </sect2>
-
-  </sect1>
-  <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards">
-    <title>Destroy, Create, and Change: The Contact Editor</title>
-    <para>
-       To delete a card, click on it once to select it, then press the
-       <guibutton>Delete Card</guibutton> button.  If you have
-       multiple cards selected, you'll delete multiple cards.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       Adding or changing cards is slightly more complicated.  Any
-       time you add information to the contact manager, whether it's
-       an old card you're editing or a new card you're just adding to
-       your address book, you'll use the contact editor.  To change a
-       card that already exists, just double click it to open the
-       contact editor window with all the current information already
-       filled in.  If you want to create a new one, clicking the
-       <guibutton>New Card</guibutton> button will open up that same
-       window, but with empty fields instead of full ones.  Either
-       way, it's the same tool for quite similar tasks, and you'll
-       find that it's pretty flexible and can store quite a lot more
-       than you'd think would fit onto a file card.
-    </para>
-
-      <para>
-	The contact editor window has two tabs,
-    	<guilabel>General</guilabel>, for basic contact information,
-    	and <guilabel>Details</guilabel>, for a more specific
-    	description of the person.  In addition, it contains a
-    	<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, covered in <xref
-    	linkend="menuref-contact-editor">, and a toolbar with three
-    	items: <guilabel>Save and Close</guilabel>,
-    	<guilabel>Print</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>.
-    	After that, however, it gets slightly more complicated, as you
-    	can see in <xref linkend="usage-contact-editor-fig">.
-      </para>
-      
-      <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig">
-	  <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title>
-	  <screenshot>
-	    <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/contact-editor" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-		</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-      
-      <para> The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab contains no less
-        than seven sections, each with an icon: a face, for name and
-        company; a telephone for phone numbers; an envelope for email
-        address; a globe for web page address; a house for postal
-        address; a file folder for contacts, and a briefcase for
-        categories.  You can guess what sort of information belongs in
-        fields like <guilabel>Job Title</guilabel> and <guilabel>Web
-        page address</guilabel>, but there are several parts of the
-        window that are a little more interesting.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-     <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term>Full Name</term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-              The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field has two
-              major features:
-              <itemizedlist>
-		<listitem>
-		  <para>
-                    You can enter a name into the <guibutton>Full
-                    Name</guibutton> field, but you can also click the
-                    <guibutton>Full Name</guibutton> button to bring
-                    up a small dialog box with a few text boxes
-                    <variablelist>
-		      <varlistentry>
-			<term><guilabel>Title: </guilabel></term>
-			<listitem> <para>
-	                  Enter an honorific or select one from the menu.
-	                </para></listitem>
-		      </varlistentry>
-		      <varlistentry>
-			<term><guilabel>First: </guilabel></term>
-			<listitem> <para>
-		             The person's first, or given, name.
-			 </para></listitem> 
-		      </varlistentry>
-		      <varlistentry>
-			<term><guilabel>Middle: </guilabel></term>
-			<listitem> <para>
-			  The middle name or initial, if any, goes here.
-			</para></listitem>
-		      </varlistentry>
-		      <varlistentry>
-			<term><guilabel>Last: </guilabel></term>
-			<listitem> <para>
-			   The last name (surname) belongs here.
-			 </para></listitem>
-		      </varlistentry>
-		      <varlistentry>
-			<term><guilabel>Suffix: </guilabel></term>
-			<listitem> <para>
-			   Suffixes such as "Jr." or "III" can go here. 
-			</para></listitem>
-		      </varlistentry>
-		    </variablelist>
-                   </para>
-		</listitem>
-	        <listitem>
-		  <para>
-                    The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also
-                    interacts with the <guilabel>File As</guilabel>
-                    box to help you organize your contacts.
-                  </para>
-                  <para>
-                    To see how it works, type a name in the
-                    <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field:
-                    <userinput>Eva Lucianne Tester</userinput>.
-                    You'll notice that the <guilabel>File
-                    As</guilabel> field also fills up, but in reverse:
-                    <computeroutput>Tester, Eva</computeroutput>.
-                    You can pick <computeroutput>Eva
-                    Tester</computeroutput> from the drop-down, or
-                    type in your own, such as <userinput>Lucianne
-                    Tester, Eva</userinput>.
-                 </para>
-		  <tip>
-		    <title>Filing Suggestion</title>
-		   
-		    <para>
-                      Don't enter something entirely different from
-                      the actual name, since you might forget that
-                      you've filed Eva's information under "F" for
-                      "Fictitious Helix Code Employee."
-                    </para>
-		  </tip>
-		</listitem>
-	      </itemizedlist>
-             </para>
-           </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-	<varlistentry>
-            <term>Multiple Values for Fields</term>
-            <listitem>
-	      <para>
-                If you click on the small arrow buttons next to the
-                <guilabel>Primary Email</guilabel> field, you can also
-                choose <guilabel>Email 2</guilabel> and
-                <guilabel>Email 3</guilabel>.  Although the contact
-                editor will only display one of those at any given
-                time, <application>Evolution</application> will
-                remember them all.  The arrow buttons next to the
-                telephone and postal address fields work in the same
-                way.
-              </para>
-          </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-     </para>
-     <para>
-      The last item in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab is the
-       <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> organization tool.  That's
-       really its own topic; for information on that, read <xref
-       linkend="usage-contact-organize">.
-     </para>
-     <para>
-       The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab is, fortunately, much more
-       simple: three sections, all of which are more or less obvious:
-       the briefcase next to the details about the contact's
-       professional life; the face next to the details about their
-       personal life; the globe next to a big blank space you can use
-       for anything and everything else you'd like to note about them.
-       If you ever wanted to have that uncanny knack for remembering
-       obscure details like the date of someone's anniversary (perhaps
-       your own) this is the answer.
-     </para>
-
-
-
-
-<!--- ############# This section isn't implemented yet either:
-    <sect2>
-      <title></title>
-      <para>
-        <tip>
-	  <title>Contact Shortcuts</title>
-	  <para>
-            You can add cards from within an email message or calendar
-            appointment.  While looking at an email, right-click on
-            any email address or message, and choose
-            <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or
-            <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem>
-            from the menu.  While looking at a calendar appointment,
-            right-click any email address, and choose
-            <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem>.
-            (NOTE that feature may change!  unimplemented!)
-          </para>
-	</tip>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        You can move cards around just as you would move email
-        messages: dragging and dropping works, as does right-clicking
-        and choosing <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem> from the menu
-        that appears.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-############### SHORTCUT SECTION COMMENTED OUT FOR NOW -->
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize">
-    <title>Organizing your Contact Manager</title>
-    <para>
-       Organizing your contact manager is a lot like organizing your
-       mail.  You can have folders and searches the same way you can
-       with mail, but the contact manager does not allow vFolders.  It
-       does, however, allow each card to fall under several
-       categories, and allow you to create your own categories.  To
-       learn about categories, read <xref
-       linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">.
-    </para>
-
-<!--
-    <para>
-      Another useful <application>Evolution</application> feature is
-      its ability to recognize when people live or work together.  If
-      several people in your contact manager share an address, and you
-      change the address for one of them,
-      <application>Evolution</application> will ask you if you wish to
-      change the address for all of them, or just for one.
-    </para>
--->
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group">
-      <title>Groups of contacts</title>
-      <para>
-         <application>Evolution</application> offers two ways for you
-         to organize your cards.  The first way is to use folders;
-         this works the same way that mail folders do.  For more
-         flexibility, you can also mark contacts as members of
-         different categories.
-      </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-folder">
-	<title>Grouping with Folders</title>
-	<para>
-	   The simplest way to group address cards is to use folders.
-	   By default, cards start in the
-	   <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> folder.  If you've read <xref
-	   linkend="usage-mainwindow"> then you already know that you
-	   can create a new folder by selecting 
-           <menuchoice>
-           <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-	   <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-	   <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem>
-           </menuchoice>
-           and that you can put new folders anywhere you like. Just
-	   like with mail, cards must be in a card folder, and no card
-	   can be in two places at once.  If you want more
-	   flexibility, try <xref
-	   linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-category">.
-	 </para>
-	<para>
-          To put a card into a folder, just drag it there from the
-          folder view.  Remember that contact cards can only go in
-          contact folders, just like mail can only go in mail folders,
-          and calendars in calendar folders.
-         </para>
-      </sect3>
-      
-      <sect3 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category">
-	<title>Grouping with Categories</title>
-	<para>
-           The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging
-           to different categories.  The difference between folders
-           and categories is that folders contain cards, but category
-           membership is a property of each card.  That means that you
-           can mark a card as being in several categories or no
-           category at all.  For example, I put my friend Matthew's
-           card in the "Business" category, because he works with me,
-           the "Friends" category, because he's also my friend, and
-           the "Frequent" category, because I call him all the time
-           and can never remember his phone number.  
-        </para>
-	<para>
-           To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the
-           <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> button at the lower
-           right.  From the dialog box that appears, you can check as
-           many or as few categories as you like.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-           Then, you can refer to all the cards in that category by:
-           <!-- FIXME --> Waiting for Evolution to support the
-           operation.
-         </para>
-
-       <!-- FIXME: Feature Not Implemented
-	<para>
-
-           If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can
-           add your own.  Just enter the new category's name in the
-           text box, then click <guibutton>Categories</guibutton> and
-           choose <guilabel>Add to Master List</guilabel> in the
-           window that appears. 
-         </para>
-       -->
-
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-  
-  <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing">
-    <title>Sharing your Cards</title>
-    <para>
-       If you keep your cards on a network using an
-       <glossterm linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> server, you can share access to
-       them.  Actually, the server software takes care of that, and
-       also determines who is allowed to see and change them.  This is
-       the sort of feature you'll want to use if your company has a
-       list of vendors and clients that needs constant updating.  If
-       you also share your calendars, people can avoid duplicating
-       work and keep up to date on developments within their work-group
-       or across the entire company.
-    </para>
-
-     <example id="usage-contact-sharing-ex">
-	<title>Sharing Address Cards and Calendar Data</title>
-	  <para>
-	    Ray wants to schedule a meeting with Company X, so he
-	    checks the network for the Company X address card so he
-	    knows whom to call there.  Since his company also shares
-	    calendars, he then learns that his co-worker Deanna has
-	    already scheduled a meeting with Company X next Thursday.
-	    He can either go to the meeting himself or ask Deanna to
-	    discuss his concerns for him.  Either way, he avoids
-	    scheduling an extra meeting with Company X.
-	 </para>
-      </example>
-    <para>
-       Of course, you don't want to share all of your cards&mdash; why
-       overload the network with a list of babysitters, or tell
-       everyone in the office you're talking to new job prospects?  If
-       you keep cards on your own computer, you can decide which items
-       you want to make accessible to others.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       To learn how to add a remote directory to your available
-       contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact">.
-       Once you have a connection, the network contacts folder or
-       folders will appear inside the <guilabel>External
-       Directories</guilabel> folder in the folder bar, and will work
-       exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following
-       exceptions:
-       <itemizedlist>
-
-          <listitem><para>
-              They are only available when you are connected to the network.  If 
-              you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache
-              the network directory and then synchronize your copy with the networked version
-              periodically.
-          </para></listitem>
-          <listitem><para>
-              To prevent excess network traffic,
-              <application>Evolution</application> will not normally
-              load the contents of LDAP folders immediately upon
-              opening.  You must click <guilabel>Display
-              All</guilabel> before LDAP folder cards will be loaded
-              from the network. You can change this behavior in the
-              <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window.
-          </para></listitem>
-	  <listitem><para>
-              Your ability to view, change, add or delete
-              contacts depends on the settings of the LDAP server.
-              For example, you may read all the entries in the public
-              Netcenter directory (available by default in the
-              <guilabel>External Directories</guilabel> folder), but
-              you may not change or delete any of them.
-           </para></listitem>
-       </itemizedlist>
-     </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-contact-automate">
-    <title>Contact Manager Tools</title>
-    <para>
-       The contact manager works with
-       <application>Evolution</application> mail and the calendar to
-       help you add new address cards quickly.  However, it can also
-       manage mailing lists.  There are more tools planned, and when
-       they arrive, <!-- FIXME --> they will be described in this
-       section.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect2 id="contact-automation-basic">
-      <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>
-      <para>
-	As noted before, when you get information about a person in
-	the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address
-	card.  To do so, right click on any email address or email
-	message, and select <guimenuitem>Add Address
-	Card</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears.  Of course,
-	<application> Evolution</application> also adds cards from a
-	hand-held device during HotSync operation.  For more
-	information about that, see <xref linkend="usage-sync">.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="contact-automation-lists">
-      <title>Managing a Mailing list</title>
-      <para>
-	 You already know that when you are writing an email, you can
-	 address it to one or more people, and that
-	 <application>Evolution</application> will fill in addresses
-	 from your contact manager's address cards if you let it.  In
-	 addition to that, you can send email to everyone in a
-	 particular group.
-      </para>
- <!-- FIXME this feature not yet implemented  -->
-      <para>
-         Future versions of <application>Evolution</application> will
-	 allow you to you export a group of cards to a spreadsheet,
-	 database, or word processor so you can print address labels
-	 or prepare large postal mailings.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-<!--
-    <sect2 id="usage-contact-automation-extra">
-      <title>Map It!</title>
-      <para>
-	 Need a map or directions? Click
-	 <guibutton>MapIt</guibutton> from within the contact
-	 manager, and <application>Evolution</application> will
-	 map the address for you online.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
--->
-
-  </sect1>
-
-</chapter> 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-mail.sgml b/doc/C/usage-mail.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6aafdaa492..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-mail.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1382 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-mail"> 
-  <title>Evolution Mail</title>
-  <abstract>
-    <title> An Overview of the Evolution Mailer</title>
-    <para>
-       <application>Evolution</application> email is like other email
-       programs in all the ways you would hope:
-     <itemizedlist>
-       <listitem>
-	 <para>
-	   It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of ways with
-	   folders, searches, and filters.
-	 </para>
-       </listitem>
-       <listitem>
-	 <para>
-	  It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text, and
-	  supports file attachments.
-	 </para>
-       </listitem>
-       <listitem>
-	 <para>
-	   It supports multiple mail sources, including <glossterm
-	   linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm>, <glossterm
-	   linkend="pop">POP3</glossterm>, local
-	   <systemitem><filename>mbox</filename></systemitem> and
-	   <systemitem><filename>mh</filename></systemitem> files, and
-	   even NNTP messages (newsgroups), which aren't technically
-	   email.
-	 </para>
-       </listitem>
-     </itemizedlist>
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      However, <application>Evolution</application> has some important
-      differences.  First, it's built to handle very large amounts of
-      mail without slowing down or crashing.  Both the <link
-      linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and <link
-      linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> functions
-      were built for speed and efficiency on gargantuan mail
-      volumes. There's also the <application>Evolution</application>
-      <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">vFolder</link>, an
-      advanced organizational feature not found in other mail clients.
-      If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep every message you get
-      in case you need to refer to it later, you'll find that feature
-      especially useful.
-    </para>
-  </abstract>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend">
-    <title>Reading, Getting and Sending Mail</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read">
-      <title>Reading Mail</title>
-      <para>
-       You can start reading email by clicking
-       <guibutton>Inbox</guibutton> in the shortcut bar.  By
-       default, the <interface>Inbox</interface> is open when you
-       start <application>Evolution</application>, and the first
-       time you see your Inbox, there's a message in it from Helix
-       Code welcoming you to the application.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	The <application>Evolution</application>
-	<guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, should look like the one in <xref
-	linkend="usage-mail-intro-fig">, which has a message from
-	Helix Code. The message summary appears at the top, in the
-	<interface>message list</interface>.  The message itself is
-	displayed below that, in the <interface>view pane</interface>.
-	If you find the <interface>view pane</interface> too small,
-	you can double-click on the message in the <interface>message
-	list</interface> to have it open in a new window.  Just like
-	with folders, you can right-click on messages in the message
-	list and get a menu of possible actions.
-     </para>
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- 
-      <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig">
-	  <title>Evolution Mail</title>
-	  <screenshot>
-	    <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo>
-	    <graphic fileref="fig/mail-pic" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->
-
-      <para>
-         Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are
-         listed in the <guimenu>Message</guimenu> menu in the menu
-         bar.  The most frequently used ones, like
-         <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and
-         <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in
-         the toolbar, and almost all of them are duplicated in the
-         right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be
-         faster once you get the hang of them.  You can choose
-         whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software
-         should work the way you want, rather than making you work the
-         way the it does.
-       </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-listorder">
-	<title>Sorting the message list</title>
-	<para>
-          One of the ways <application>Evolution</application> lets
-          you choose the way you work is the way it lets you sort your
-          message lists.  To sort by sender, subject, or date, click
-          on the bars with those labels at the top of the message
-          list.  If you click twice, you'll sort them in reverse
-          order.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-          You can also choose a threaded message view. Select
-          <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu>
-          <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to turn
-          the threaded view on or off.  If the option selected,
-          <application>Evolution</application> will attempt to
-          associate related messages by using message ID numbers and
-          the <systemitem>References</systemitem>,
-          <systemitem>In-Reply-To</systemitem>, and
-          <systemitem>Subject</systemitem> message headers.  Messages
-          which are related are then placed next to each other, so
-          that it's easier to follow the thread of a conversation from
-          message to message.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete">
-        <title>Deleting Mail</title>
-        <para>
-          Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of
-          it. To mark a message for deletion, select it in the the
-          <interface>message list</interface> by clicking on it once.
-          Then click on the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button in
-          the tool bar.  The message now has a line through it,
-          because you've marked it for deletion.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          If you really want to get rid of it, choose
-          <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> from the
-          <guimenu>Folder</guimenu> menu.  That will delete it
-          permanently. If you want to keep it, click
-          <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> again, and it will no longer
-          be marked as deleted.  At some point in the future, this
-          feature will change to something a little less
-          counter-intuitive.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get">
-      <title>Checking Mail</title>
-      <para>
-	Now that you've had a look around the
-	<interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail.
-	Click <guibutton>Get mail</guibutton> in the toolbar to check
-	your mail.  If it's the first time you've done so, the
-	<interface>mail setup assistant</interface> will ask you for
-	the information it needs to check your mail (see <xref
-	linkend="config-setupassist"> for more information). 
-     </para>
-     <para>
-        Then, you need to enter your email
-        password. <application>Evolution</application> will remember
-        the password until you quit the application or until you
-        select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
-        <guimenuitem>Forget Passwords</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        Once it's validated the password,
-	<application>Evolution</application> will check your mail.
-	New mail will appear in the local <interface>Inbox</interface>
-	if you're using a <glossterm>POP</glossterm> account, and in
-	your <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm> folders if you use IMAP.
-      </para>
-   
-     <note id="badmailsettings">
-     <title>Can't Check Mail?</title> 
-     <para>
-	If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need
-	to change your network settings.  To learn how to do that,
-	have a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-network">, or
-	ask your system administrator.
-      </para>
-    </note>
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news">
-         <title>Using Evolution for News </title>
-       <para>
-         Newsgroups are so similar to email there's no reason not to
-         read them side by side.  If you want to do that, add a news
-         source to your configuration (see <xref
-         linkend="config-prefs-network-news">). The news server will
-         appear as a remote server, and will look quite similar to an
-         IMAP folder.  When you click <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton>,
-         <application>Evolution</application> will also check for news
-         messages.
-       </para>
-       </sect3>
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach">
-	<title>Attachments and HTML Mail</title>
-	<para>
-	  If someone sends you an <glossterm>attachment</glossterm>, a
-	  file attached to an email,
-	  <application>Evolution</application> will display the file
-	  at the bottom of the message to which it's attached.  Text,
-	  HTML, and most images will be displayed within the message
-	  itself.  For other files,
-	  <application>Evolution</application> will provide a link and
-	  icon at the end of the message.  Click on that, and
-	  <application>Evolution</application> will ask you where you
-	  want to put the file.  Once you've chosen a location and
-	  saved the file, you can open, move, copy, or execute it just
-	  like any other, using <application>Nautilus</application> or
-	  your favorite shell or file manager.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          As usual, there's a shortcut here: right-click on the link,
-	  and choose an application for the file: you can send an
-	  image straight to the <application>GIMP</application>, or a
-	  spredsheet straight to <application>Gnumeric</application>.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	   <application>Evolution</application> can also display
-	   HTML-formatted mail, complete with graphics.  HTML
-	   formatting will display automatically, although you can
-	   turn it off if you prefer.
-	</para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send">
-      <title>Writing and Sending Mail</title>
-      <para>
-	 You can start writing a new email message by selecting
-	 <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-	 <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>
-	 Mail</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing the
-	 <guibutton>Compose</guibutton> button in the Inbox toolbar.
-	 When you do so, the <interface>New Message</interface> window
-	 will open, as shown in <xref
-	 linkend="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">.
-      </para>
-
-<!--   ==============Figure=================================== -->
-      <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">
-	<title>New Message Window</title>
-	<screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/newmsg-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-
- <!-- Check the alignment of the following paragraph in the PS and
- HTML output: it's indented for no good reason -->
-      <para>
-	 Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field, a
-	 subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel> and a message in
-	 the big empty box at the bottom of the window, and press
-	 <guibutton>Send</guibutton>.  That's easy, although it can
-	 get a little more complicated if you want.
-       </para>
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay">
-	<title>Saving Messages for Later</title>
-	<para>
-	   Evolution will send mail immediately unless you tell it to
-	   do otherwise by selecting <menuchoice>
-	   <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Send
-	   Later</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.  That will add messages
-	   to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue.  Then, when you
-	   press <guibutton>Send</guibutton> in another message, or
-	   <guibutton>Get Mail</guibutton> in the main mail window,
-	   all your unsent messages will go out at once.  I like to
-	   use "Send Later" because it gives me a chance to change my
-	   mind about a message before it goes out.  That way, I don't
-	   send anything I'll regret the next day.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	   To learn more about how you can specify message queue and
-	   filter behavior, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail">.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-           You can also choose to save messages as drafts or as text
-           files.  Choose
-           <menuchoice>
-             <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-             <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem>
-	  </menuchoice>
-          or <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> to save your message
-          as a text file. If you prefer to keep your message in a
-          folder (the <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel> folder would be the
-          obvious place), you can select <menuchoice>
-          <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save In
-          Folder</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose">
-        <title>Advanced Mail Composition</title>
-        <para>
-	  You can probably guess the purpose of the buttons labelled
-	  <guibutton>Cut</guibutton>, <guibutton>Copy</guibutton>,
-	  <guibutton>Paste</guibutton>, <guibutton>Undo</guibutton>
-	  and <guibutton>Redo</guibutton>, but there's a bit more to
-	  sending mail that's less obvious.  In the next few sections,
-	  you'll see how <application>Evolution</application> handles
-	  additional features, including large recipient lists,
-	  attachments, and forwarding.
-        </para>
-      <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-attach">
-	<title>Attachments</title>
-	<para>
-	    If you want to attach a file to your email message, you
-	    can drag it from your desktop into the message window, or
-	    click the button in the toolbar with a paper clip on it,
-	    labelled <guibutton>Attach</guibutton>.  If you click the
-	    <guibutton>Attach</guibutton> button,
-	    <application>Evolution</application> will open a file
-	    selection dialog box, to ask you which file you want to
-	    send.  Select the file and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-            To see what files you've attached to the message you're
-            composing, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu>
-            <guimenuitem>Show Attachments</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>;
-            to hide them again, choose <guimenuitem>Hide
-            Attachments</guimenuitem>.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-            When you send the message, a copy of the attached file
-	    will go with it.  Be aware that big attachments can take a
-	    long time to download.
-          </para>
-	</sect4>
-        <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">
-         <title>Types of Recipients</title>
-        <para>
-	    <application>Evolution</application>, like all email
-	    programs (at least, all the ones in current use)
-	    recognizes three types of addressee: primary recipients,
-	    secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind") recipients.
-         </para>
-         <para>
-	    The simplest way to direct a message is to put the email
-            address or addresses in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel>
-            field, which denotes primary recipients.  However, it's
-            considered bad form to have more than a few email
-            addresses in this section.  If you are sending mail to
-            more than one or two people, consider the
-            <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field.
-	  </para>
-	  <para>
-	    Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used
-	    typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands
-	    for "Carbon Copy."  Use it whenever you want to share a
-	    message you've written to someone else.
-	    <example id="ex-mail-cc">
-	      <title>Using the Cc: field</title>
-	      <para>
-	         When Susan sends an email to a client, she puts her
-	         co-worker, Tim, in the in the
-	         <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field, so that he know
-	         what's going on.  The client can see that Tim also
-	         received the message, and knows that he can talk to
-	         Tim about the message as well.
-	      </para>
-	    </example>
-	  </para>
-	  <para>
-	    If you have a large number of recipients, or if you want
-	    to send mail to several people without sharing the
-	    recipient list, you should use
-	    <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel>. "Bcc" stands for "Blind Carbon
-	    Copy", and means that people you put in the
-	    <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field get the message, but
-	    nobody else sees their email address.  They will still see
-	    the list of addresses from the <guilabel>To:</guilabel>
-	    and <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> fields, though.
-
-	    <example id="ex-mail-bcc">
-	      <title>Using the Bcc: field</title>
-	      <para>
-	         Tim is sending an email announcement to all of his
-	         company's clients, some of whom are in competition
-	         with each other, and all of whom value their
-	         privacy. He needs to use the
-	         <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field here.  If he puts
-	         every address from his address book's "Clients"
-	         category into the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> or
-	         <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> fields, he'll make the
-	         company's <emphasis>entire</emphasis> client list
-	         public.  Don't assume it won't happen to you!
-	     </para>
-	    </example>
-	  </para>
-	</sect4>
-
-        <sect4 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to">
-	<title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>
-	<para>
-	  If you have created address cards in the contact manager,
-	  you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address
-	  data, and <application>Evolution</application> will complete
-	  the address for you. <!-- (INSERT description of UI for this
-	  feature, once it is decided upon). --> If you enter a name
-	  or nickname that can go with more than one card, Evolution
-	  will open a dialog box to ask you which person you meant.
-	  <!-- (NOT YET) Also, <application>Evolution</application>
-	  will add a domain to any unqualified addresses.  By default,
-	  this is your domain, but you can choose which one mail
-	  preferences dialog. -->
-          </para>
-	  <para>
-            Alternately, you can click on the
-            <guibutton>To:</guibutton>, <guibutton>Cc:</guibutton>, or
-            <guibutton>Bcc:</guibutton> buttons to get a list &mdash;
-            potentially a very long one &mdash; of the email addresses
-            in your contact manager.  Select addresses and click on
-            the arrows to move them into the appropriate address
-            columns.
-          </para>
-	  <para>
-            For more information about using email together with the
-	    contact manager and the calendar, see <xref
-	    linkend="usage-contact-automate"> and <xref
-	    linkend="usage-calendar-apts">.
-	  </para>
-        </sect4>
-      </sect3>
-      
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">
-	<title>Replying to Messages</title>
-	<para>
-	   To reply to a message, press the
-	   <guibutton>Reply</guibutton> button while it is selected,
-	   or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem> from
-	   the message's right-click menu.  That will open
-	   <interface>message composer</interface>.  The
-	   <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject</guilabel>
-	   fields will already be filled, although you can alter them
-	   if you wish.  In addition, the full text of the old message
-	   is inserted into the new message, either in italics (for
-	   HTML display) or with the &gt; character (in plain text
-	   mode) before each line, to indicate that it's part of the
-	   previous message.  People often intersperse their message
-	   with the quoted material as shown in <xref
-	   linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">.
-
-<!-- note that this figure should have a reply mail ready to send,
-with quoted materials and the relevant replies interspersed-->
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
-       <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">
-	 <title>Reply Message Window</title>
-	 <screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/replymsg" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	  If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may
-	   wish to use <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton> instead of
-	   <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>.  If there are large numbers
-	   of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or
-	   <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial
-	   amounts of time.  But be careful, and always make sure you
-	   know who is getting a message: one address could be a
-	   mailing list with thousands of subscribers.
-	  <example>
-	    <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title>
-	    <para>
-	      Susan sends an email to a client, and sends copies to
-	      Tim and to an internal company mailing list of
-	      co-workers.  If Tim wants to make a comment to all of
-	      them, he uses <guibutton>Reply to All</guibutton>, but
-	      if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her,
-              he uses <guibutton>Reply</guibutton>.
-	    </para>
-	  </example>
-	</para>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find">
-        <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>
-	<para>
-           You're probably familiar with search and replace features,
-           and if you come from a Linux or Unix background, you
-           probably know what <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem>
-           does.  If you aren't among the lucky who already know,
-           here's a quick rundown of an important section of the
-           <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-           <variablelist>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>
-	      <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and
-	      <application>Evolution</application> will find it
-              in your message.
-	      </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Perform a search for a <glossterm
-                  linkend="regular-expression">regular
-                  expression</glossterm>, or "regex."
-               </para>
-             </listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>
-	      <listitem><para>
-                   Select this item to repeat the last search you performed.
-              </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	       <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>
-	       <listitem><para> 
-                 Find a word or phrase, and replace it with
-	         something else.  
-               </para></listitem>
-	    </varlistentry>
-
-	  </variablelist>
-        </para>  
-	<para>
-            For all of these items, you have two additional choices.
-            First, you can choose whether to <guilabel>Search
-            Backwards</guilabel>, which will perform the search
-            starting wherever your cursor is, and moving back towards
-            the beginning of the document (normally, it goes the other
-            way).  Then, you can decide whether to have your search be
-            <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel>, meaning should it pay
-            attention to the case of letters when locating a match.
-        </para>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
-	<title>Embellish your email with HTML</title>
-	<para>
-            You can't normally use text treatments or pictures in
-            emails, which is why you've probably seen people use far
-            too many exclamation points for emphasis or use <glossterm
-            linkend="emoticon">emoticons</glossterm> to convey their
-            feelings.  However, most of the newer email programs can
-            include and display images and text treatments as well as
-            basic alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this
-            with <glossterm linkend="html">HTML</glossterm>, just like
-            web sites do.
-        </para>
-	<note>
-	  <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title>
-	  <para>
-	    Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or
-	    prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is
-	    slower to download and display.  <emphasis>Some</emphasis>
-	    people refer to HTML mail as "the root of all evil" and
-	    get very angry if you send them HTML mail, which is why
-	    <application>Evolution</application> sends plain text
-	    unless you explicitly ask for HTML.  To send HTML mail,
-	    you will need to select <menuchoice>
-	    <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>
-	    HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.  Alternately, you can set
-	    your default mail format preferences in the mail
-	    configuration dialog.  See <xref
-	    linkend="config-prefs-mail-other"> for more information.
-          </para>
-	</note>
-	<para>
-           HTML formatting tools are located just above the
-	   composition frame, and in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and
-	   <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus.  Your message text will
-	   appear formatted in the composer window, and the message
-	   will be sent as HTML.
-	  </para>
-	  <para>
-            The icons in the toolbar are explained in tool-tips, which
-            appear when you hold your mouse over the buttons.  The
-            buttons fall into four categories:
-            <variablelist>
-             <varlistentry>
-             <term>Headers and lists</term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Choose <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default
-                  text style, or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through
-                  <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of
-                  header from large (1) to tiny (6).  You can also
-                  select <guilabel>pre</guilabel> for preformatted
-                  text blocks, and three types of <guilabel>List
-                  Item</guilabel>.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-           </varlistentry>
-           <varlistentry>
-             <term>Text style</term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  Use these buttons to determine the way your letters
-                  look.  If you have text selected, the style will
-                  apply to the selected text.  If you do not have text
-                  selected, the style will apply to whatever you type
-                  next.  The buttons are:
-                  <itemizedlist mark="none">      
-		  <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>B</guibutton> for bold text</para></listitem>   
-                  <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>I</guibutton> for italics</para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>U</guibutton> to underline</para></listitem>
-		  <listitem><para>Push <guibutton>S</guibutton> for a strikethrough.</para></listitem>
-                 </itemizedlist>
-               </para>               
-	      </listitem>    
-	    </varlistentry>
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term>Alignment</term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                   Located next to the text style buttons,
-                   these three paragraph icons should be familiar to
-                   users of most word processing software.  The
-                   leftmost button will make your text left-justified,
-                   the center button, centered, and the right hand
-                   button, right-justified.
-                </para>
-	      </listitem>
-	      </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term>Indentation rules</term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  The button with the arrow pointing left will reduce
-                  a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will
-                  increase its indentation.
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	    <varlistentry>
-	      <term>Color Selection</term>
-	      <listitem>
-		<para>
-                  At the far right is the color section tool.  You can
-                  choose from several colors by clicking on the arrow,
-                  or create your own custom color by clicking on the
-                  color box itself.  If you have text selected, the
-                  color will apply to the selected text.  If you do
-                  not have text selected, the color will apply to
-                  whatever you type next.
-               </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  </variablelist>
-        </para>
-	<para>
-           There are three tools that you can find only in the
-           <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> menu.
-           <variablelist>
-             <varlistentry>
-               <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem>:</term>
-	       <listitem>
-	        <para>
-                  Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML
-                  messages.  When you select it,
-                  <application>Evolution</application> will prompt you
-                  for the <guilabel>Text</guilabel> that will appear,
-                  and the <guilabel>Link</guilabel>, where you should
-                  enter the actual web address (URL).
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-          </varlistentry>
-          <varlistentry>
-            <term> <guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem>:</term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-               <guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem>: Select this item to
-               embed an image into your email, as was done in the welcome
-               message.  Images will appear at the location of the
-               cursor.
-              </para>
-	    </listitem>
-           </varlistentry>
-          <varlistentry>
-             <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem>:</term>
-             <listitem><para>
-               This will insert a horizontal line, or rule, into your document.
-               You'll be presented with a dialog box which gives you
-               the choice of size, percentage of screen, shading, and
-               alignment; if you leave everything at the default
-               values you'll get a thin black rule all the way across
-               the screen.</para></listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-	  </variablelist>
-          </para>
-	  <note>
-	    <title>A Technical note on HTML Tags</title>
-	    <para>
-	      The composer is a WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get)
-	      editor for HTML. That means that if you enter HTML
-	      directly into the composer&mdash; say, <markup
-	      role="html">&lt;B&gt;Bold Text&lt;/B&gt</markup>, the
-	      the composer will assume you meant exactly that string
-	      of characters, and not "make this text bold," as an HTML
-	      composition tool or text editor would.
-	    </para>
-	</note>
-      </sect3>
-   
-
-<!-- Function not implemented, 
-possibly never will be due to security evil. -->
-<!--
-	<sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-live">
-	  <title>Live Documents</title>
-	  <para>
-	    Later versions of <application>Evolution</application>
-	    will allow you to enliven your email with almost any
-	    sort of document, and even with entire
-	    applications. At this point, however, this feature has not 
-	    yet been implemented.
-	  </para>
-	</sect3>
--->
-
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">
-	<title>Forwarding Mail</title>      
-	<para>
-	  The post office forwards your mail for you when you change
-	  addresses, and you can forward mail when you get a letter by
-	  mistake.  The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button
-	  works in much the same way.  It's particularly useful if you
-	  have received a message and you think someone else would
-	  like to see it.  You can forward a message as an attachment
-	  to a new message (this is the default) or
-	  you can send it <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm> as a quoted
-	  portion of the message you are sending.  Attachment
-	  forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered
-	  message on to someone else.  Inline forwarding is best if
-	  you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a
-	  large number of comments on different sections of the
-	  message you are forwarding.  Remember to note from whom the
-	  message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or
-	  altered content.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  To forward a message you are reading, press
-	  <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> on the toolbar, or select
-	  <menuchoice> <guimenu>Message</guimenu>
-	  <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.  If you
-	  prefer to forward the message <glossterm linkend="inline">inline</glossterm>
-	  instead of attached, select <menuchoice>
-	  <guimenu>Message</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward
-	  Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu.  Choose an
-	  addressee as you would when sending a new message; the
-	  subject will already be entered, but you can alter it.
-	  Enter your comments on the message in the
-	  <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press
-	  <guibutton>Send</guibutton>.
-	</para>
-      </sect3>
-      <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette">
-	<title>Seven Tips for Email Usage</title>
-	<para>
-	  I started with ten, but four were "Don't send
-	  <glossterm linkend="spam">spam</glossterm>."
-	  <itemizedlist>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		 Don't send spam or forward chain mail.  If you must,
-		 watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure
-		 the message doesn't have multiple layers of
-		 greater-than signs, (&gt;) indicating multiple layers
-		 of careless inline forwarding.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		Always begin and close with a salutation. Say
-		"please" and "thank you", just like you do in real
-		life. You can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant!
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		ALL CAPS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING! Don't write a whole
-		message in capital letters.  It hurts people's ears.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		 Never write anything in email you wouldn't say in
-		 public.  Old messages have a nasty habit of
-		 resurfacing when you least expect.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	       Check your spelling and use complete sentences.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		Don't send nasty emails (flames).  If you get one,
-		don't write back.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-		 When you reply or forward, include just enough of
-		 the previous message to provide context: not too
-		 much, not too little.
-	       </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </itemizedlist>
-	</para>
-	<para> Happy mailing! </para>
-      </sect3>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize">
-    <title>Organizing Your Mail</title>
-    <para>
-      Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably
-      want to sort and organize them.  When you get a hundred a day
-      and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago,
-      you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them.
-      Fortunately, <application>Evolution</application> has the tools
-      to help you do it.
-    </para>
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-folders">
-      <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title>
-      <para>
-	<application>Evolution</application> keeps mail, as well as
-	address cards and calendars, in folders.  You start out with a
-	few, like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>,
-	<guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>,
-	but you can create as many as you like.  Create new folders by
-	selecting <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> and then
-	<guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem> from the
-	<guimenu>File</guimenu> menu.
-	<application>Evolution</application> will as you for the name
-	and the type of the folder, and will provide you with a folder
-	tree so you can pick where it goes.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        When you click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, your new folder will
-	appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>.  You can
-	then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by
-	using the <guibutton>Move</guibutton> button in the toolbar.
-	If you create a filter with the <interface>filter
-	assistant</interface>, you can have mail moved to your folder
-	automatically.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>    
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-search">
-      <title>Searching for Messages</title>
-      <para>
-	Most mail clients can search through your messages for you,
-	but <application>Evolution</application> does it faster.  You
-	can search through just the message subjects, just the message
-	body, or both body and subject.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area
-	right below the toolbar, and choose a search type:
-	<variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains:</guilabel></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        This will search message subjects and the messages
-	        themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in
-	        the search field.
-   	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term> <guilabel>Body contains:</guilabel> </term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        This will search only in message text, not the subject
-	        lines.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        This will show you messages where the search text is
-	        in the subject line.  It will not search in the
-	        message body.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        This finds every email message that does not have the
-	        search text in the message body.  It will still show
-	        messages that have the search text in the subject
-	        line, if it is not also in the body.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem>
-	      <para>
-	        This finds every mail whose subject does not contain
-	        the search text.
-	      </para>
-	    </listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-
-        Then, press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
-        <application>Evolution</application> will show your search
-        results in the message list.
-
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-filters">
-      <title>Staying organized: Mail Filters in Evolution</title>
-      <para>
-        I once worked in the mail room of a large company, where my
-        job was to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the various
-        mail boxes and desks throughout the building.  Filters do that
-        same job with email, but they lose much less mail than I did.
-        In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple
-        actions that may effect the same message in several ways.  For
-        example, your filters could put copies of one message into
-        multiple folders, or keep a copy and send one to another
-        person as well.  Which is to say, it's quite a bit more
-        flexible than an actual person with a pile of envelopes.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        Most often, you'll want to have
-        <application>Evolution</application> put mail into different
-        folders, but you can have it do almost anything you like.
-        People who subscribe to multiple mailing lists, or who often
-        need to refer to messages they have sent, find filters
-        especially helpful to separate personal from list-related
-        mail, but they're good for anybody who gets more than a few
-        messages a day.  To create a filter, open the
-        <interface>filter assistant</interface> by selecting
-	<menuchoice>
-	  <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> 
-          <guimenuitem>Mail Filters</guimenuitem>
-        </menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-            
-       <figure id="usage-mail-filters-fig-assist">
-	 <title>The Filter Assistant</title>
-	 <screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>The Filter Assistant</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/filter-assist-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-
-      <para>
-        The <interface>filter assistant</interface> window contains a
-        list of your current filters, sorted by the order in which
-        they will be performed.  From the drop-down box at the top of
-        the window, choose <guilabel>Incoming</guilabel> to display
-        those filters which are performed on incoming mail, and
-        <guilabel>On Demand</guilabel> for those which are performed
-        only when you want.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-         The <interface>filter assistant</interface> also has a set of
-         buttons:
-        <itemizedlist>
-
-           <listitem><para>
-            <guibutton>Add</guibutton> &mdash; Create a new filter.
-           </para></listitem>
-
-           <listitem><para>
-            <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> &mdash; Edit an existing filter.
-           </para></listitem>
-
-           <listitem><para>
-            <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> &mdash; Delete the selected filter.
-           </para></listitem>
-
-           <listitem><para> <guibutton>Up</guibutton> &mdash; Move the
-            selected filter up in the list, so it will be performed
-            sooner.  </para></listitem>
-
-           <listitem><para>
-            <guibutton>Down</guibutton> &mdash;  Move the selected filter down 
-             in the list, so it will be performed later.
-           </para></listitem>
-        </itemizedlist>
-
-        If you don't have any filters set up, the only one of those
-        buttons you can click is <guibutton>Add</guibutton>.  When you
-        do that, (or when you click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> with a
-        filter selected), the <interface>Add Rule</interface> window
-        appears.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        That window, shown in <xref
-        linkend="usage-mail-filters-fig-new">, is where you'll
-        actually create your filtering rule.  
-
-       <figure id="usage-mail-filters-fig-new">
-	 <title>Creating a new Filter</title>
-	 <screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Creating a new Filter</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/filter-new-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        Enter a name for your filter in the <guilabel>Rule
-        Name</guilabel> field, and then begin choosing criteria.
-        Choose how many criteria you'd like by pressing <guibutton>Add
-        Criterion</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove
-        Criterion</guibutton>.  If you have multiple criteria, you
-        should then decide whether to have the filter do its job only
-        <guilabel>if all criteria are met</guilabel>, or <guilabel>if
-        any criteria are met</guilabel>.
-     </para>
-     <para>
-        For each of your filter criteria, you must first select what
-        part of the message you want the filter to look at:
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Sender</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                The author of the message.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Recipients</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               The recipients of the message.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Subject</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                The subject line of the message.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Specific Header</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para> The filter can look at any header you
-	    want, even obscure or custom ones like X-Bonus or
-	    X-Archive. Enter the header name, and what you'd like to
-	    match inside it.  </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Message Body</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                The actual text of the message.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Expression</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para> Enter a <glossterm
-	    linkend="regular-expression">regular
-	    expression</glossterm>, and
-	    <application>Evolution</application> will search the
-	    entire message, headers and all, to match it for you.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                You can filter messages by when they were sent: First,
-                choose how you'd like to match the time&mdash;
-                <guilabel>before</guilabel>,
-                <guilabel>after</guilabel> and so forth.  Then, choose
-                the time. The filter compare the message's time-stamp
-                to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a
-                specific time and date you choose from a calendar.
-                You can even have it look for messages within a range
-                of time relative to the filter.  For example, you could have
-                the filter catch all messages sent less
-                than a week before the filter is run.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Date Recieved</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel> 
-                option, except that it compares the time you got the message 
-                with the dates you specify.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Priority</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               Emails have a standard priority range from -3 (least
-               important) to 3 (most important). If you can persuade
-               your friends and co-workers to use the priority levels  
-               honestly, you can filter with them as well.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-        <para>
-        Now, tell it what to do with those messages.  If you want multiple
-        actions, click <guibutton>Add Action</guibutton>; if you want fewer,
-        click <guibutton>Remove Action</guibutton>.  And choose again:
-        <variablelist>
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Move to Folder</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-               If you select this item, <application>Evolution</application>
-               will put the messages into a folder you specify.  Click the 
-               <guibutton>&lt;click here to select a folder&gt;</guibutton> button
-               to select a folder. 
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Forward to Address</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Select this, enter an address, and the addressee will
-                get a copy of the message.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Delete</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Marks the message for deletion.  You can still get the message
-                back, at least until you <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> your
-                mail yourself.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Stop Processing</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para> Select this if you want to tell all other
-	    filters to ignore this message.  If multiple filters copy
-	    the message to a different folders, you'll have multiple
-	    copies of the message.  </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Assign Color</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para>
-                Select this item, and <application>Evolution</application>
-                will mark the message with whatever color you please.
-            </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	  <varlistentry>
-	    <term><guilabel>Assign Score</guilabel></term>
-	    <listitem><para> Priority numbers alone don't work, so you
-	    can score emails on the same scale. Then, you can tell
-	    which ones you want to read, or have scored messages
-	    moved, copied, or colored in a subsequent filter.
-	    </para></listitem>
-	  </varlistentry>
-
-	</variablelist>
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        You're done.  Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to use this
-        filter, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to close the window
-        without saving any changes.
-      </para>
-
-
-
-   <!-- FIXME: This needs to be in there.  But the feature is temporarily
-         disabled and I don't know how it will be reimplemented.
-
-	  <itemizedlist>
-	    <listitem>
-	       <para>
-		 <guilabel>When mail arrives:</guilabel> Select
-		 this option to have messages filtered as they
-		 arrive.
-	       </para>
-	     </listitem>
-	     <listitem>
-	       <para>
-		 <guilabel>When mail is sent:</guilabel> Select
-		 this option to filter your outgoing mail.  You
-		 can use this feature to keep your
-		 <interface>Outbox</interface> as organized as
-		 your <interface>Inbox</interface>.
-	     </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</itemizedlist>
-      </para>
-
-    -->
-
-      <note>
-	<title>Two Notable Filter Features</title>
-	<para>
-	  <itemizedlist>
-	    <listitem><para>
-              Incoming email that your filters don't move goes into the Inbox; 
-              outgoing mail that they don't move ends up in the Sent folder.
-             </para>
-	    </listitem>
-
-	    <listitem><para>If you move a folder, your filters
-	    will follow it.  </para></listitem>
-	  </itemizedlist>
-	</para>
-      </note>
-    </sect2>
-
-
-
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders">
-      <title>Getting Really Organized with Virtual Folders</title>
-      <para>
-	If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find
-	yourself performing the same search again and again, consider
-	a virtual folder. Virtual folders, or vFolders, are an
-	advanced way of viewing your email messages within
-	<application>Evolution</application>.  If you get a lot of
-	mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders can help
-	you stay on top of things.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational
-	tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you
-	set it up like a filter.  In other words, while a conventional
-	folder actually contains messages, a vFolder is a view of
-	messages that may be in several different folders.  The
-	messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of
-	criteria you choose in advance.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are
-	deleted, <application>Evolution</application> will
-	automatically place them in and and remove them from the
-	vFolder contents list.  When you delete a message, it gets
-	erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as
-	any vFolders which display it.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds
-	of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and
-	changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and
-	students.  The more mail you need to organize, the less you
-	can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an
-	organizational system that's not flexible enough.  vFolders
-	make for better organization because they can accept
-	overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing
-	systems can't.
-      </para>
-
-      <example id="usage-mail-organize-vFolders-ex">
-	<title>Using Folders, Searches, and vFolders</title>
-	<para>
-	   To organize my mail box, I set up a vFolder for emails from
-	   my friend and co-worker Anna.  I have another one for
-	   messages from anybody at work that have "Evolution" in the
-	   subject line, so I can keep a record of what people from
-	   work send me about <application>Evolution</application>.
-	   If Anna sends a message about a picnic on Saturday, it only
-	   shows up in the "Anna" folder. When Anna sends me mail
-	   about the user interface for
-	   <application>Evolution</application>, I can see that
-	   message both in the "Anna" vFolder and in the "Internal
-	   Evolution Discussion" vFolder.
-	</para>
-      </example>
-
-	<!--  (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: vFolders in action) -->
-
-      <para>
-	 To create a vFolder, select <menuchoice>
-	 <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>vFolder
-	 Editor</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.  This will bring up a
-	 dialog box that looks suspiciously like the filter window
-	 (for more information on filters, see <xref
-	 linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">), and which
-	 presents you with a list of vFolders you have previously
-	 created. If you have created any vFolders, they are listed
-	 here, and you can select, edit or remove them if you wish.
-	 If you have not created any, there will be only one available
-	 option: click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add a new
-	 vFolder.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	 You can enter a name for your vFolder in the
-	 <guilabel>Name</guilabel>.  Then, tell
-	 <application>Evolution</application> what messages to look
-	 for.  This process is exactly like filter creation: decide
-	 between <guilabel>Match all parts</guilabel> and
-	 <guilabel>Match any part</guilabel>, then choose what part of
-	 the message to look in, what sort of matching to perform, and
-	 specify exactly what it is that you want to find, be it a
-	 line of text, a score, a regular expression, or a particular date or
-	 range of dates.
-       </para>
-       <para>
-         The second part, however, is slightly different.  In the
-         section of the window labelled <guilabel>vFolder Sources
-         </guilabel> is a list of folders in which
-         <application>Evolution</application> will search for the
-         contents of your vFolder.  Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
-         to add a folder, or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove
-         one.  That way, you can have your vFolder search in
-         newsgroups, or just in one of your mailboxes, or just in a
-         select few folders you've already screened with filters.
-       </para>
-       <para>
-        The vFolder creation window is shown in <xref
-	linkend="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
-
-       <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
-	 <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title>
-	 <screenshot>
-	  <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo>
-	  <graphic fileref="fig/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-    <sect2 id="usage-mail-subscriptions">
-      <title>Subscription Management</title>
-      <para>
-         <application>Evolution</application> lets you handle your
-         IMAP and newsgroup subscriptions with the same tool: the
-         subscriptions manager.  To start using it, choose
-         <menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manage
-         Subscriptions</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-  </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml b/doc/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index c6a252ac78..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-mainwindow.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,424 +0,0 @@
-<!--
- <!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-<chapter id="usage-mainwindow">
-
-  <title>The Main Window: Evolution Basics</title>
-  <para>
-     Start <application>Evolution</application> by selecting
-     <menuchoice><guimenu>Main Panel Menu</guimenu>
-     <guisubmenu>Applications</guisubmenu>
-     <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by typing
-     <command>evolution</command> at the command line.  The first time
-     you run the program, it will create a directory called
-     <filename>evolution</filename> in your home directory, where it
-     will keep all your <application>Evolution</application>-related
-     files.
-   </para>
-   <para>
-     After <application>Evolution</application> starts
-     up, you will see the <interface>main window</interface>, with the
-     <interface>Inbox</interface> open.  It should look a lot like the
-     picture in <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-fig">. On the left of
-     the <interface>main window</interface> is the <interface>shortcut
-     bar</interface>, with several buttons in it.  Just underneath the
-     title bar is a series of menus in the <interface>menu
-     bar</interface>, and below that, the <interface>tool
-     bar</interface> with buttons for different functions. The largest
-     part of the <interface>main window</interface> is taken up by the
-     actual <interface>Inbox</interface>, where messages are listed
-     and displayed.  If you're running the program for the first time,
-     you'll have just one message: a welcome from Helix Code.
-
-
-<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
-    <figure id="usage-mainwindow-fig">
-    <title>Evolution Main Window and Inbox</title>
-    <screenshot>
-      <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
-      <graphic fileref="fig/mainwindow-pic" format="png" srccredit="Kevin Breit">
-	</graphic>
-    </screenshot>
-    </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-</para>
-
-   <para>
-    <note>
-      <title>The Way Evolution Looks</title>
-      <para>
-	The appearance of both <application>Evolution</application>
-	and <application>GNOME</application> is very easy to
-	customize, so your screen might not look like this picture.
-	You might decide to have <application>Evolution</application>
-	start with the calendar and a folder bar, or with the contact
-	manager occupying the entire window.
-      </para>
-    </note>
-  </para>
-  
-  <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">
-    <title>The Shortcut Bar</title>
-    <para>
-        <application>Evolution</application>'s most important job is
-        to give you access to your information and help you use it
-        quickly.  One way it does that is through the
-        <interface>shortcut bar</interface>, the column on the left
-        hand side of the main window.  The large buttons with names
-        like <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel> and
-        <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts, and you can
-        select different groups of shortcuts by clicking the
-        rectangular group buttons.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-       The shortcut group buttons are <guibutton>Evolution
-       Shortcuts</guibutton> and <guibutton>Internet
-       Directories</guibutton>.  When you click on them, they'll slide
-       up and down to give you access to different sorts of shortcuts.
-       When you first start <application>Evolution</application>, you
-       are looking at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel>
-       category.  If you click <guilabel>Internet
-       Directories</guilabel>, it will slide up and you'll see buttons
-       for the <guilabel>Bigfoot</guilabel> and
-       <guilabel>Netcenter</guilabel> directories, as well as any
-       others you or your system administrator might have added. You
-       can add more groups by right-clicking on the background of the
-       shortcut bar and selecting <guimenuitem>Menu
-       Group</guimenuitem>.  Internet directories behave a lot like
-       the local contact manager, which is covered in <xref
-       linkend="usage-contact">.
-       </para>
-    <para>
-       Take a look at the <guilabel>Evolution Shortcuts</guilabel>
-       again.  The shortcut buttons in that category are:
-
-      <variablelist>
-
-<!--  NOT IMPLEMENTED! 
-	<varlistentry>
-	<term> <guibutton>Today:</guibutton></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	This will bring up a summary of any new messages you've
-	received, along with the tasks and appointments you have
-	lined up for today.
-      </para>
-      </listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
--->
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term> <guibutton>Inbox:</guibutton></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	      The Inbox will show you all of your email.  Your Inbox
-	      is also where you can access Evolution's tools to
-	      filter, sort, organize, and search your mail.
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guibutton>Calendar:</guibutton></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	      The Calendar can store your appointments and To do lists
-	      for you.  Connected to a network, you can use it to keep
-	      a group of people on schedule and up to date.
-	    </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term><guibutton>Contacts:</guibutton></term>
-	  <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	      The Contact Manager holds your addresses, phone numbers,
-	      and contact information.  Like calendar information,
-	      contact data can be synchronized with hand-held devices
-	      and shared over a network.
-	   </para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
-<!-- NOT IMPLEMENTED YET
-       <varlistentry>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para>
-	     The <guibutton>Tasks:</guibutton> tool combines a "to
-	     do" list with reminders to help you keep track of
-	     daily events.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-      </varlistentry>
-
-	<varlistentry>
-	  <term> <guibutton>Notes:</guibutton></term>
-	<listitem>
-	  <para> The note pad is your catch-all tool: use it to take
-	    messages from phone conversations, keep small things
-	    organized, write <glossterm linkend="haiku">haiku</glossterm>, or whatever
-	    you like. This feature is not yet implemented, but will be
-	    soon. See <xref linkend="usage-notes"> for more
-	    information.
-	  </para>
-	</listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
--->
-
-      </variablelist>
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      If you don't like the shortcut bar, you can use the menu bar, or
-      keyboard shortcuts, also called <glossterm linkend="hot-key">hot keys</glossterm>.
-      They're shown next to their equivalent menu items in the menu
-      bar. You can also set your own hot keys for functions that don't
-      have any; this is covered in <xref linkend="config">.  If you're
-      using the keyboard shortcuts you may also want to hide the
-      <interface>shortcut bar</interface> by selecting <menuchoice>
-      <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Shortcut
-      Bar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.
-    </para>
-
-    <tip>
-       <title>Shortcut Bar Tricks</title>
-       <para>
-         To remove a shortcut from the shortcut bar, right-click on it
-         and select <guimenuitem>Remove</guimenuitem>.  To add one,
-         select <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-         <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Evolution Bar
-         Shortcut</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. </para>
-       <para>
-         To change the way the shortcut bar looks, right-click in an
-         empty space on the shortcut bar.  From the menu that appears,
-         you can select icon sizes.
-       </para>
-    </tip>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-folderbar">
-    <title>The Folder Bar</title>
-    <para>
-      The <interface>folder bar</interface> is a more comprehensive
-      way to view the information you've stored with
-      <application>Evolution</application>. It displays all your
-      appointments, address cards, and email in a tree that's a lot
-      like a <glossterm linkend="filetree">file
-      tree</glossterm>&mdash; it starts small at the top, and branches
-      downwards. On most computers, there will be three folders at the
-      base.  At the top are your <guilabel>vFolders</guilabel>, or
-      virtual folders, discussed in <xref
-      linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">.  After that come any
-      <glossterm linkend="imap">IMAP</glossterm> mail folders you
-      might have available to you over your network.  The next folder
-      is called <guilabel>External Directories</guilabel>, and holds
-      <glossterm linkend="ldap">LDAP</glossterm> contact directories
-      stored on a network.  The most important one is probably
-      <guilabel>Local</guilabel>, which you can use to access all the
-      data that's stored on your computer.  If you click on the plus
-      sign plus sign next to the <guilabel>Local</guilabel> folder,
-      you'll see the contents:
-      <itemizedlist>
-	 <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	     <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel>, for appointments and
-	     event listings.
-	   </para>
-	 </listitem> 
-	 <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	    <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel>, for address cards.
-	   </para>
-	 </listitem>
-	 <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	  <guilabel>Directories</guilabel>, for Internet contact directories.
-	   </para>
-	 </listitem>
-	 <listitem>
-	    <para>
-	     <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>, for incoming mail.
-	   </para>
-	 </listitem>
-	<listitem>
-	    <para>
-	    <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, which is for drafts of
-	    messages and mail that's already been sent.
-	   </para>
-	 </listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>
-
-    </para>
-    <tip id="foldertips">
-    <title>Navigating without the Folder Bar</title>
-       <para>
-         You don't need the folder bar or the shortcut bar to move
-         around the main window. You can use <keycap>Tab</keycap> to
-         switch from one part of the window to another, and the folder
-         menu on the right side of the window just below the toolbar
-         to move about the folder tree.
-       </para>
-     </tip>
-
-    <para>
-       To create a new folder, select <menuchoice>
-       <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
-       <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.  You'll be asked where you want to
-       put it, and what kind of folder it should be.  You can choose
-       from three types: <guilabel>Mail</guilabel>, for storing mail,
-       <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> for storing calendars, and
-       <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> for storing contacts.
-    </para>
-
-       <note>
-	  <title>Folders Have Limits</title>
-	  <para>
-	      You can always place a folder inside other folders,
-	      regardless of folder type.  However, calendars,
-	      contacts, and mail can't go into the same
-	      folder. Calendars have to go in calendar folders, mail
-	      in mail folders, and contacts in contact folders.
-           </para>
-	</note>
-
-    <para>
-      Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything
-      in GNOME, and <application>Evolution</application> is no
-      exception.  If you right-click on a folder, you'll have a
-      menu with the following options:
-      <itemizedlist>
-	<listitem><para><guimenuitem>View</guimenuitem>, to view a message.</para></listitem>
-	<listitem><para><guimenuitem>Something else</guimenuitem>, for another purpose. </para></listitem>
-	<listitem><para><guimenuitem>Something else</guimenuitem>, for another purpose. </para></listitem>
-      </itemizedlist>.
-    </para>
-
-    <tip>
-     <title>Context-Sensitive Help</title>
-      <para>
-	GNOME 2.0 will support context-sensitive help, which means you
-	can almost always get help on an item by right-clicking it.
-	If you're not sure what something is, or don't know what you
-	can do with it, choosing <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> from
-	the right-click menu is a good way to find out.
-      </para>
-    </tip>
-
-    <para>
-      Any time new information arrives in a folder, that folder label
-      is displayed in bold text.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      To delete a folder, right-click it and select
-      <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> from the menu that pops up.
-      To change the order of folders, or put one inside another, use
-      drag-and-drop.  To move individual
-      messages, appointments, and address cards between folders, you
-      can do the same thing: drag them where you want them, and
-      they'll go.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-  <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar">
-    <title>The Menu Bar</title>
-    <para>
-      The <interface>menu bar</interface>'s contents will always
-      provide all the possible actions for any given view of your
-      data.  That means that, depending on the context, menu bar items
-      will change.  If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu
-      items will relate to mail; some will relate to other components
-      of <application>Evolution</application> and some, especially
-      those in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the
-      application as a whole. The contents of the menu bar are
-      described in <xref linkend="menuref">.
-   </para>
-   <para>
-      <variablelist>
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu> Menu</term>
-
-          <listitem><para> 
-            Anything even related to a file or to the operations
-            of the application generally  falls under this
-            menu: creating things, saving them to disk, 
-            printing them, and quitting the program itself.  
-
-            </para></listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> Menu </term>
-          <listitem><para>
-              Although it doesn't contain anything at first,
-              the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu fills up with 
-              useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.
-          </para></listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu> Menu </term>
-          <listitem><para>
-            This menu lets you decide how <application>Evolution</application> 
-            should look. Some of the features control the appearance of 
-            <application>Evolution</application> as a whole, and others 
-            the way a particular kind of information appears.
-          </para></listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-        <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> Menu </term>
-          <listitem><para> Tools for configuring, changing, and
-          setting up go here.  For mail, that means things like
-          <guimenuitem>Mail Configuration</guimenuitem> and the
-          <guimenuitem>vFolder Editor</guimenuitem>.  For the
-          <interface>Calendar</interface> and the <interface>Contact
-          Manager</interface>, it's color, network, and layout
-          configuration. </para></listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-
-       <varlistentry>
-          <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> Menu</term>
-          <listitem><para>
-             Select among these items to open the 
-             <application>Help Browser</application> 
-             and read the <application>Evolution</application> manual.
-          </para></listitem>
-        </varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-   </para>
-   <para>
-     Other menus, like <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>,
-     <guilabel>Message</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Actions</guilabel>,
-     appear only occasionally.  <guilabel>Message</guilabel> and
-     <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>, for example, have commands that only
-     relate to email, so they're only available when you're looking at
-     email.
-   </para>
-   <para>
-      Once you've familiarized yourself with the <interface>main
-      window</interface> you can start doing things with it.  We'll
-      start with your email inbox, since you've got a letter waiting
-      for you already.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-notes.sgml b/doc/C/usage-notes.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ff2283128..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-notes.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-notes">
-  <title>Evolution Notes</title>
-  <abstract>
-    <title> An Overview of the Evolution Notes</title>
-    <para>
-      In the dark ages before email was invented, there were little
-      scraps of people which people used for short-term information
-      storage.  These scraps of paper were called notes.  Now, notes
-      are an almost necessary part of our lives, albeit in electronic
-      form.  It only makes sense, then, that
-      <application>Evolution</application> will eventually have a
-      Notes feature.  <application>Evolution</application> can help
-      you take notes in the following ways:
-     <itemizedlist>
-       <listitem>
-         <para>
-           Take down phone numbers, take school notes, take phone
-	   messages, or even write poetry.
-         </para>
-       </listitem>
-       <listitem>
-         <para>
-           Color code notes to organize them, or just to
-           make them look good.
-         </para>
-       </listitem>
-       <listitem>
-         <para>
-           Turn a note into an email or a text file.
-         </para>
-       </listitem>
-       <listitem>
-         <para>
-           Write <glossterm>Haiku</glossterm>
-         </para>
-       </listitem>
-     </itemizedlist>
-   </para>
-   <para>
-     You can start writing notes by clicking
-     <guibutton>Notes</guibutton> in the shortcut bar.  Of course,
-     it's not there yet. But when it is, it'll take you to the
-     notepad.
-   </para>
-  </abstract>
-</chapter>
-
-
-
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-print.sgml b/doc/C/usage-print.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 1af298eb42..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-print.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-print">
-<title>Printing with Evolution</title>
-<para>
-  This is a very short chapter, because printing with
-  <application>Evolution</application> is not a complex task.  Like
-  most GNOME applications, <application>Evolution</application> uses
-  the gnome-print system, so if you've used any other GNOME
-  application to print, you should be able to print from
-  <application>Evolution</application> immediately.
-</para>
-<para>
-  Whether you're printing a message, a calendar page, or a selection
-  of address cards, you can choose to print directly to a printer, or
-  save the print output to a postscript file.  You can also use the
-  preview feature to see how your printed output will look.
-</para>
-
-  <sect1 id="printpreview">
-    <title>Print Preview</title>
-    <para>
-      <guibutton>Print Preview</guibutton>, appears both as a button
-      in the printing dialog and as an item in the
-      <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu.  In both places, it does the same
-      thing: it opens a new window that displays an image of the current
-      message, calendar, appointment, or address card.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-      That window allows you to select which pages you want to see,
-      and how close you'd like to look at them.  Zoom in or out, fit
-      the page to the window (<guibutton>Fit</guibutton>) or match the
-      width of the page and the window (<guibutton>Fit
-      Width</guibutton>).  If you're satisfied with the way it looks,
-      click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to send your document on its way.
-    </para>
-
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- 
-      <figure id="print-preview">
-	  <title>Print Preview</title>
-	  <screenshot>
-	    <screeninfo>Print Preview</screeninfo>
-	    <graphic fileref="fig/print-preview" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->
-
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="print-destination">
-    <title>File or Printer?</title>
-    <para>
-       The printer selection window, shown in <xref
-       linkend="print-dest">, lets you choose the format for
-       printing&mdash; at this time, only <guilabel>Generic
-       Postscript</guilabel> is available&mdash; and whether to print
-       to a file or to an actual printer.  If you choose a printer,
-       you'll be asked for the printer command (probably
-       <guilabel>lpr</guilabel>) which your system uses.  If you
-       choose to print to a file, you'll need to decide upon a
-       filename.  And of course, you'll want to choose a number of
-       copies, and whether to collate them.
-    </para>
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- 
-      <figure id="print-dest">
-	  <title>Choosing a Printer</title>
-	  <screenshot>
-	    <screeninfo>Choosing a Printer</screeninfo>
-	    <graphic fileref="fig/print-dest" format="png" srccredit="Aaron Weber">
-	</graphic>
-	</screenshot>
-      </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->
-
-   <para>
-     If you're printing a message that's more than one page, you'll
-     have the option of choosing which pages to print.  If you're
-     printing a calendar entry, you can decide what range of dates to
-     print.  And, if you're printing contact cards, you can decide
-     whether to print only the selected cards, or all of them.
-   </para>
-    <para>
-      When you're ready, click <guibutton>Print</guibutton> to print,
-      <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to have a look (or another look)
-      at the preview, or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the
-      whole deal.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/doc/C/usage-sync.sgml b/doc/C/usage-sync.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index a6b53e9526..0000000000
--- a/doc/C/usage-sync.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-
-    <chapter id="usage-sync">
-      <title>Synchronizing with a Hand-held Device</title>
-      <para>
-        This chapter covers is how to synchronize data 
-        installed and configured.  If you need information on how to
-        set up a synchronization system, consult <xref
-        linkend="config-sync">.
-      </para>
-      <sect1 id="hotsync">
-        <title>Using HotSync</title>
-        <para>
-          Put your hand-held device on its cradle and press the
-          HotSync button.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-         No, really.  That's all there is to it.
-        </para>
-       </sect1>
-    </chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/COPYING-DOCS b/doc/COPYING-DOCS
deleted file mode 100644
index b42936beb3..0000000000
--- a/doc/COPYING-DOCS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
-		GNU Free Documentation License
-		   Version 1.1, March 2000
-
- Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
-the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
-modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
-this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
-credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
-modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
-notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
-under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
-such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
-addressed as "you".
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
-subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
-not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
-PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
-by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
-purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
-and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
-the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
-Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
-general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
-charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
-option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
-distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
-Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
-until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
-copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
-the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
-   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
-   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
-   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
-   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
-   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
-   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
-   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
-   Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
-   adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
-   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
-   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
-   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
-   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
-   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
-   there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
-   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
-   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
-   Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
-   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
-   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
-   it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
-   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
-   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
-   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
-   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
-   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
-   and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
-   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
-   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
-   may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
-   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
-entitled "Endorsements."
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
-of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
-compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
-License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
-with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
-are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
-of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
-Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
-translation of this License provided that you also include the
-original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
-between the translation and the original English version of this
-License, the original English version will prevail.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
-      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
-      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-      under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
-      or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
-      Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-      A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
-      Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
-instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
-Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
-"Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
diff --git a/doc/Camel-Classes b/doc/Camel-Classes
deleted file mode 100644
index 93aec087dd..0000000000
--- a/doc/Camel-Classes
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-CamelException
-CamelProvider
-CamelThreadProxy
-CamelURL
-GtkObject
- + CamelObject
-   + CamelAddress
-   |  + CamelInternetAddress
-   |  ` CamelNewsAddress
-   + CamelDataWrapper
-   | + CamelMedium
-   | |  ` CamelMimePart
-   | |     ` CamelMimeMessage
-   | ` CamelMultipart
-   + CamelFolder
-   |  ` CamelFolderPtProxy
-   + CamelFolderSearch
-   + CamelFolderSummary
-   + CamelMimeFilter
-   |  + CamelMimeFilterBasic
-   |  + CamelMimeFilterCharset
-   |  + CamelMimeFilterIndex
-   |  ` CamelMimeFilterSave
-   + CamelService
-   |  + CamelStore
-   |  ` CamelTransport
-   + CamelSession
-   + CamelStream
-   |  + CamelSeekableStream
-   |  |  + CamelSeekableSubstream
-   |  |  + CamelStreamFs
-   |  |  ` CamelStreamMem
-   |  + CamelStreamBuffer
-   |  ` CamelStreamFilter
-   ` CamelThreadProxy
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/ChangeLog b/doc/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b2a5968d3..0000000000
--- a/doc/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,587 +0,0 @@
-
-2000-11-01  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Fixed validation errors.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Fixed HTML, style stuff.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Stylistic overhaul.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Fixed groups in shortcut bar, fixed
-	folder navigation tips.	
-
-2000-10-31  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Minor stylistic revisions.
-
-2000-10-30  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* COPYING-DOCS: New file. This is the official place to put the
-	FDL now.
-	
-
-2000-11-01  Radek Doulik  <rodo@helixcode.com>
-
-	* Keybindings: added composer keybindings description
-
-2000-10-25  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml:  Actions -> New Directory Server added.
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml:  Actions -> New Directory Server added.
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Actions -> New Directory Server added.
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml: Added mail Settings->Manage Subscriptions menu.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Subscriptions section added. Quite
-	incomplete, though.
-
-2000-10-11  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Re-checked validity of all files. Made
-	minor changes to menuref.sgml, usage-mail.sgml, usage-print.sgml to
-	bring up to spec.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid Filter & Vfolder to match the new &
-	improved functionality.
-
-	* C/fig/*: Re-did remaining screenshots.
-
-2000-10-10  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-	
-	* C/usage-print.sgml: New file, describing printing and print-preview.
-
-	* C/fig/print-preview.png: New file.
-
-	* C/fig/print-dest.png: New file.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Added usage-print entity.
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml: Fixed calendar menu stuff.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: No more "Actions" menu, other assorted
-	menu-related changes.
-
-2000-10-06  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/fig/ * replaced a whole bunch of screenshots.
-
-2000-10-05  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Described Search features.
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml: Contact Manager menus fixed.
-
-2000-10-04  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Fixed glossterms.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Fixed glossterms, filenames, spellchecked.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added "Inline," "VCard".
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Fixed glossterms, filenames. Spellchecked.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Fixed glossterms, filenames. Spellchecked.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: New Legalnotice. Removed FDL and GPL, 
-	  which are now included as part of the gnome-help package.
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Spellcheck. Fixed some wording, and
-	responded to clahey's suggestions-- notably, commented out the
-	"add to master list" category feature.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: Spellcheck. Fixed wording, event overlap
-        description.
-	
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Spellcheck. Commented out Notes
-	entities.
-
-	* C/usage-notes.sgml: Spellchecked, then decided to comment out
-	this file/chapter and all references to it, since it's unlikely to
-	be implemented any time soon.
-
-	* C/config-setupassist.sgml: Spellcheck. Other minor updates. May
-	  need more work in the near future.
-
-	* C/usage-sync.sgml: Now it's really short. And spelled correctly.
-
-2000-10-03  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Mostly spelling. Still needs major
-	alteration.
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml: s/Appintment/Appointment, fixed small errors,
-	ran spellcheck. Still needs lots of work, since many menus have
-	changed.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added Virus, Protocol, fixed vFolder,
-	spellchecked.
-
-2000-09-26  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml:  Added sendmail and SMTP.
-
-2000-09-22  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/menuref.sgml: Changed to reflect new menu layout.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Changed to reflect new menu layout. Again.
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Stop and Display All features.
-
-2000-09-21  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Switched to the "official" FSF markup.
-	  I will have to make changes to the markup-- adding ids, etc, or
-	  switch to another version of the markup. Pending discussion by
-	  GDP.
-
-	* C/apx-authors.sgml: Changed Matt Loper's email address to
-	loper.org; added Jeff Stedfast and Peter Williams to authors list,
-	realphebetized.	
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Revision to reflect current options labelling.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Changes to part intros.
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Spelling and menu fixes.  Will need more work tomorrow.
-	
-2000-09-20  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Fixed sig stuff here and in setupassist.
-
-	* C/config-sync.sgml: Fixed description of conduit usage.
-
-2000-09-18  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Spelling fixes, etc.
-
-=======
-2000-09-19  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/Makefile.am: Fixed to install the stylesheet-images as well.
-
->>>>>>> 1.26
-2000-09-07  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/fig/ New files: contact-editor.png, mail-composer.png,
-	filter-assist-fig.png, mail-inbox.png
-
-2000-09-07  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Redid "soft" intro stuff.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Accidentally broke docs, now valid.
-
-2000-09-06  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Editing, proofing.
-
-2000-09-05  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Grammar, links, screenshots.
-
-	* fig/* Re-took most screenshots.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Filters, proofing.
-
-2000-09-01  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Added coverage of news, clarified POP/IMAP
-	distinction (there's a theme to these four log entries here).
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Added coverage of news.
-
-	* C/config-setupassist.sgml: Revised mail sources content for
-	IMAP/POP stuff.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added IMAP and POP.
-
-2000-08-31  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added regular expressions to glossary.
-	Explanation should be removed from other portions of the book now.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Revisions, minor.
-
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: Now named menuref.sgml, to reflect its new
-	status as a part.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Structural alterations: Menuref is now a
-	part, not an appendix.
-
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: Added contextual menus for mail.
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Added "quickref and pointers" sections. Props to
-	  O'Reilly for the copy of Outlook in a Nutshell which gave me the
-	  idea.
-
-2000-08-30  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Minor fixes.
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Corrected grammar, added glossterms, described
-	menuref.
-
-2000-08-25  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Redid filter and vFolder assistant
-	descriptions.
-
-	* C/fig/filter-new-fig.png: Replaced with new assistant pic.
-
-	* C/fig/filter-assist-fig.png: New file, showing only assistant.
-
-	
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: Finished message composer and calendar
-	editor menus. Looked at Contact Editor menus and decided to
-	document those features after implementation.
-
-2000-08-24  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: Message Composer File and Edit menus.
-
-2000-08-23  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: Added editor sections.
-	
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Included Menu Reference Appendix.
-
-2000-08-22  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Minor markup changes.
-
-	* C/apx-menuref.sgml: New File. Menu Reference. Still needs much
-	work, but not bad for an evening.
-
-2000-08-21  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Kevin's diff applied, with minor changes.	
-
-2000-08-09  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Fixed bugs in validation. Went home to
-	sleep.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Redid menubar description.
-	
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Added coverage of folder config, requested
-	that feature be transferred to config section. Switched to
-	variablelist in "Other" config section.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Added coverage of right-click on messages,
-	threaded-view.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Right-click on folder menu reinstated.
-
-2000-08-07  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Added news server coverage.  Other config
-	proofing changes.
-	
-
-2000-08-05  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/apx-gpl.sgml: New file.  Contains contents of "COPYING",
-	but marked up (probably not very well, but valid) as docbook
-	(SGML).
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Subtle change to the legal notice:
-	distinguished manual license from software license. Linked to
-	apx-gpl.sgml above.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: I redid all the usage files.
-
-2000-07-21  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Added password remembering/forgetting feature.
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: Mostly moved to variablelists, a few
-	language changes.
-
-	* C/config-setupassist.sgml: Minor changes to formatting, wording.
-
-	* C/usage-notes.sgml: Changed trademark references, other minor
-	changes.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: Minor fixes, added additional calendar
-	section, removed references to unimplemented features. Spellcheck,
-	prep for 0.3 release. 
-	
-2000-07-19  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: lots of minor fixes to language. added
-	desc. of clahey's cool button-address thing.
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: fixed itemizedlists, ch. to shortcut
-	bar & folder descs, removed refs to trash.
-
-2000-07-18  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Altered category addition stuff, plus
-	suggestions from Kevin.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Added ldap and signature definitions (from
-	Kevin).
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Move to variablelists from itemizedlists.
-
-2000-07-14  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: moved to variablelists from itemizedlists
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: moved to variablelists from itemizedlists
-
-2000-06-29  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: Minor fixes.
-
-	* C/usage-notes.sgml: New File for feature that is yet to come.
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Added entity for notes chapter.
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: Un-commented references to notes section.
-	
-	* C/apx-authors.sgml: Removed dcm from author list.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: Added to-do list features.
-
-2000-06-28  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: commented out future features; redid
-	contact editor stuff.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: Removed "live doc" and added "minicard"
-
-2000-06-27  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/devel-action.sgml: Removed file.
-	* C/devel-script.sgml: Same.
-	* C/devel-component.sgml: Same.
-	* C/preface.sgml: Removed references to devel section.
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Removed references to devel section.
-
-2000-06-23  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Made moderate to major stylistic updates
-	to this, apx-gloss.sgml, and to all files beginning with "usage,"
-	especially wrt HTML mail.
-	
-
-2000-06-15  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Category stuff improved.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: Now covers how to add an event properly.
-
-2000-07-17  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Added the devel directory.
-
-2000-06-28  Peter Williams  <peterw@curious-george.helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/Makefile.am (SGML_FILES): Don't depend on the newly-removed
-	devel-*.sgml files.
-
-2000-06-16  Damon Chaplin  <damon@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/.cvsignore: added evolution-guide and evolution-guide.junk
-	so we don't get the '? doc/C/evolution-guide' messages each time we
-	do a cvs update.
-
-2000-06-14  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: added sect on menubar, other minor changes.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Improved filter and vfolder
-	description, and some minor changes from me and Kevin.
-
-2000-06-07  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: finished adding calendar prefs. screenshots.
-	* C/fig/config-cal.png: new file (screenshot for above)
-	* C/fig/config-mail.png: same
-	
-2000-06-05  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: Incorporated chgs from Kevin.
-	
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: began total overhaul of structure and added
-	content reflecting new prefs items.  needs LOTS more work.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: changed some references to id's in the 
-	config-prefs section.	
-
-	* C/fig/config-mail.png: changed filename from config-prefs.png
-
-2000-06-01  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: filename was wrong, altered.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: improved filter instructions, vFolder
-	instructions.  still need work though.
-	
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: added screenshot.
-
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: added screenshot.
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: added screenshots, and now describes the
-	actual prefs dialogs.
-
-	* C/fig/config-camel.png: new (screenshot) file
-	* C/fig/filter-druid.png: same
-	* C/fig/vfolder-druid.png: same
-	* C/fig/calendar.png: same
-	* C/fig/contact.png: same
-	* C/fig/vfolder-createrule-fig.png: same
-	* C/fig/filter-new-fig.png: same
-	* C/fig/config-camel.png: same
-
-2000-06-01  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am: recurse into the C directory
-
-	* C/Makefile.am: Rules to build and install the docs. Mostly
-	stolen from gnomecal. Only works if you have GDP stuff
-	(http://www.gnome.org/gdp/) set up on your machine, but won't make
-	the build fail if you don't.
-
-2000-05-29  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: incorporated kevins notes.
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: incorporated kevins notes.
-
-2000-05-27  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: added Kevin Breit to author and
-	copyright.
-
-	* C/apx-authors.sgml: Put app authors in a simplelist.
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: Removed USAGE-SETUP insertion, added xref to send
-        users to config-setupassist chapter. This and the following changes 
-	take setup druid coverage out of usage 
-	section and put it in config section. 
-	* C/config-setupassist.sgml: Added mail druid coverage from
-	usage-setup.sgml.
-	* C/usage-setup.sgml: Removed file. contents in
-	config-setupassist.sgml.  
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: Removed
-	USAGE-SETUP entity (and file usage-setup.sgml.)
-
-	
-2000-05-26  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/fig/mainwindow-pic.png: new file
-	* C/fig/mail-druid-pic.png: new file
-	* C/fig: New directory, for figure graphics.
-
-	* C/apx-gloss.sgml: new file. glossary. thx. to kevin from chicago.
-	
-	* C/usage-setup.sgml: More accurate description of druid, and
-	moved to mail section-- see usage-mail.sgml entry.  This is a new
-	location for this entity, and it may move more later.
-	
-
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: altered description of starting
-	evolution. added screenshot for main-window picture. 
-
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: added screenshots, added coverage of setup
-	druid and put it into get-and-send section, which is probably not
-	where it should stay.  Also started filter druid coverage and
-	clarified examples, esp. in Bcc: section.
-
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: Clarified examples.
-
-	* C/preface.sgml: rewording of "what is" and "about book" sections.
-
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: added glossary entity APX-GLOSS, altered
-	phrasing in part intros, changed order of Setup-assistant section.
-
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: changed wording, removed ref. to re-running
-	setup assistant.
-
-2000-05-18  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evo_book_0.1.sgml: removed.	
-
-	* C/apx-authors.sgml: new file.
-	* C/apx-bugs.sgml: same.
-	* C/apx-fdl.sgml: same.
-	* C/config-prefs.sgml: same.
-	* C/config-setupassist.sgml: same.
-	* C/config-sync.sgml: same.
-	* C/devel-action.sgml: same.
-	* C/devel-component.sgml: same.
-	* C/devel-script.sgml: same.
-	* C/evolution-guide.sgml: same.
-	* C/preface.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-calendar.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-contact.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-mail.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-mainwindow.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-setup.sgml: same.
-	* C/usage-sync.sgml: same.
-
-2000-05-07  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* Camel-Classes: sync
-
-2000-04-16  Aaron Weber  <aaron@helixcode.com>
-
-	* C/evo_book_0.1.sgml: new file (doc sgml)
-	
-	* C/ : New directory for doc sgml & graphics
-
-2000-03-05  Christopher James Lahey  <clahey@helixcode.com>
-
-	* white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml: Added Miguel to the author
-	list for ETable.
-
-2000-03-03  Christopher James Lahey  <clahey@helixcode.com>
-
-	* white-papers/widgets/, white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml: New
-	doc for the ETable widget.
-
-	* ChangeLog: Created a ChangeLog file for the docs file and
-	integrated the individual ChangeLogs.
-
-2000-03-01  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* ibex.sgml: Ibex white paper
-
-2000-02-29  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* calendar.sgml: Sections for the calendar user agent and the
-	calendar client library.
-
-2000-02-29  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* camel.sgml: Reorg a bit more, make the <PRE> section narrower,
-	add more references to graphics (the graphics themselves are
-	still in beta), add a section on CamelStream.
-
-2000-02-28  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* calendar.sgml: Section for the personal calendar server.
-
-2000-02-28  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* camel.sgml: add Bertrand to authors, edit his additions
-
-2000-02-28  bertrand  <bertrand@helixcode.com>
-
-	* camel.sgml: add a blurb about camel offering
-	uniform interface. needs style and grammar corrections. 
-	Talk about virtual folders.
-	Talk about lightweight messages
-	Talk about IMAP. 
-
-2000-02-28  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* camel.sgml: Beginnings of a Camel white paper
-
-2000-02-25  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* calendar.sgml: New file for the Evolution calendaring white paper.
diff --git a/doc/Design b/doc/Design
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b7cf6f821..0000000000
--- a/doc/Design
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-
-The Evolution Project specification
-Miguel de Icaza.
-
-
-* Introduction
-
-	Evolution is a project aiming at providing the free software
-	community with a professional, high-quality tool for managing
-	mail, appointments, tasks and other personal information
-	tools.  
-
-	We want to make Evolution a system that addresses our needs
-	(the free software development community) and we believe that
-	by addressing our needs, we will provide a system that will
-	scale in the years to come for other users that are just
-	starting to use computers and the internet.
-
-	The main objectives of Evolution are to provide these powerful
-	features, and to make the user interface as pretty and
-	polished as possible.
-
-	Evolution is a GNOME application and a number of auxiliary
-	CORBA servers that act as the storage backends. 
-
-	Evolution will copy the best user interface bits and the best
-	ideas and features found on contemporary groupware systems.
-
-* Evolution internals.
-
-	Evolution can store its information locally (files for mail,
-	calendar and address book) or on a remote server (imap/pop,
-	cap, ldap).  
-
-	Given the importance of syncing in this modern PDA world,
-	the Evolution GUI acts as a client to the data repository.
-	The data repository is a GUI-less CORBA server called Wombat.
-
-	Wombat provides a unified access system to the calendar and
-	addressbook data (doing mail is a bit hard, so we are leaving
-	this as a TODO item for now).
-
-	Wombat's CORBA interfaces are notifier-based.  This means that
-	CORBA requests sent to Wombat do not return values
-	inmediately, but rather than for Wombat requests the user has
-	to provide a CORBA object that will be notified of what
-	happened.
-
-	Yes, that sounds hairy.  It is actually pretty simple.  It
-	basically means that you submit requests to Wombat, and a
-	callback is invoked in your code when the request has been
-	carried away. 
-
-	This enables a Palm to sync to the repository without having
-	the GUI for Evolution running.  It also means that volunteers
-	will be able to write text-based and web-based versions of
-	Evolution (not me though :-).
-
-* Evolution as a platform
-
-	Evolution is more than a client for managing the above
-	information: Evolution is a platform for building groupware
-	applications that use the above components to get their work done.
-
-	To achieve this Evolution is designed to be scriptable, and it
-	exports its internals trough CORBA/Bonobo.  It is implemented
-	as a collection of Bonobo containers and Bonobo components.
-
-	There is a clean separation between the views (the user
-	interface) and the model (the view).  The views that we are
-	writing are GNOME based, and they talk to the Wombat CORBA
-	server.
-
-	Wombat takes care of notifications to the various clients for
-	the data. 
-
-* The overall organization
-
-	A bar similar to outlook provides shortcuts for accessing the
-	various resources managed by Evolution: mail folders,
-	contacts, tasks, journal entries, notes, messages and other
-	user-defined destinations. 
-
-* User interface widgets
-
-** The ETable package
-
-	This package provides a way of displaying and editing tables.
-
-	Tables are displayed based on a TableColumn definition that
-	defines the layout used for the display.  Table Columns can be
-	nested, and the package does grouping of information displayed
-	according to the criteria defined there.
-
-	This is used in multiple places troughout evolution: it is
-	used for the Mail summary display, for the TODO display and
-	TODO new data entry and for the address book.
-
-	Nesting in the address book can be performed on various
-	fields.  For example, a first level of nesting could be
-	"Company" and a second level would be "Country" the result is
-	a 2-level tree that can be collapsed expanded and contains the
-	information sorted/grouped by those two criteria.
-
-	The user interface for this will be copied from Outlook: the
-	possibility of adding and removing fields with drag and drop
-	as well as grouping using drag and drop.
-
-* The Mail system
-
-** The Mail sources
-
-	The mail system will support 4 sources of mail:
-
-		POP3 (transfer to a local file).
-		IMAP
-		Local mbox format in $MAIL.
-		Local mbox format that have other delivery points.
-
-	On top of that, it will be possible to browse existing mbox
-	archives (and possibly other formats in the future, like
-	Mailbox and Maildir).
-
-** Storing the mail
-
-	Mail that gets incorporated into the system is stored in mbox
-	format, and summary files are provided for quick access to the
-	files.  No modifications to the file on disk is performed (I
-	am not quite sure about this, perhaps we want to add the
-	status flags and some method for adding metadata to the mail).
-
-	Summary files are rebuilt on demand or rebuild if the mbox
-	file and the summary file have got out of sync.
-
-	A Metadata system that will enable us to attach information to
-	a message will have to be designed and implemented (enabling
-	users to add annotations to mails, and special keywords and
-	flags in a per-message fashion).
-
-** Folders
-
-	Michael Zucchi is working on a system that will let users
-	easily define rules for splitting their incoming mail into
-	physical folders.  
-
-	A further refinement to Folders are Virtual Folders.  This
-	basically provides a powerful search and viewing facility for
-	mail.  It works like this: when a mail is "incorporated" into
-	Evolution it is scanned and indexed.
-
-	Then users can enter queries into Evolution that will search
-	the entire database of messages.	
-
-** Virtual folders
-
-	Virtual folders will enable users to read/browse their mail in
-	new ways: by specifying search criterias, these folders will
-	contain messages that match the criteria given.  
-
-	There is more information about this in the libcamel
-	directory. 
-
-	We will index all headers from a message, and possible the
-	contents of messages and keep those on a separate file, to
-	enable users to query their mail database.
-
-** Mail summary display
-
-	The summary will be displayed using the ETable package, to
-	enable users to add a number of sorting criteria and various
-	display methods for the summary view.
-
-	The Outlook methods for displaying will be present on the
-	system.
-
-	Message threading will be supported in Evolution.
-
-** Message display engine
-
-	We are going to be using a combination of
-	libcamel/limime/libjamie to parse messages and render them
-	into an HTML buffer.
-
-* The HTML engine
-
-	The GtkHTML engine will be used to display messages, and will
-	be extended to support a number of features that we require:
-	internal handling of characters will be based on Unicode
-
-* The message composer
-
-	Regular features found in composers will be added: connecting
-	the composer to the address book, support for drag and drop
-	for including attachments, editing the message, archiving
-	drafts and archiving messages sent.
-
-	Ettore has been working on adding editing support to the
-	GtkHTML and he is working currently on a Bonobo component that
-	will provide a ready-to-use Bonobo control for embedding into
-	other applications.
-
diff --git a/doc/Keybindings b/doc/Keybindings
deleted file mode 100644
index f232802110..0000000000
--- a/doc/Keybindings
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-* Keybindings for the mailer
-
-	Delete key: 	Deletes message, moves forward.
-	
-* Keybindings for the composer
-
-	Control-s:		Saves message to file.
-	Control-w:		Closes composer window.
-	Control-Return: 	Sends message now.
-
-	F6:			Opens find dialog.
-	F7:			Opens replace dialog.
-
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b5420fee8..0000000000
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = C devel
diff --git a/doc/devel/.cvsignore b/doc/devel/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index c24a54fbcc..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-html
-evolution-devel-guide.html
diff --git a/doc/devel/ChangeLog b/doc/devel/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 555db7d161..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-2000-09-15  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Made the toplevel <book> id be
-	"index".
-
-2000-08-14  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* calendar/cal-util/*: Integrated the cal-util library into the
-	documentation framework.
-
-	* calendar/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Added the cal-util directory.
-
-	* evolution-devel-guide.sgml: Added entities for the cal-util stuff.
-	Added entity for libical.
-
-	* calendar/reference.sgml: Added the cal-util reference entries.
-
-	* calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt: Updated
-	for new API.
-
-2000-08-09  Peter Williams  <peterw@helixcode.com>
-
-	* Makefile.am (maintainer-clean-local): Don't depend
-	on 'clean'; this messes up maintainer-clean.
-
-2000-07-17  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@helixcode.com>
-
-	* calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml: Populated.
-
-	* evolution-devel-guide.sgml: New <book> toplevel for the
-	Evolution Developer's Guide.
-
-	* calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml: New <part> for the calendar
-	developer's documentation.
-
-	* calendar/architecture.sgml: New <chapter> for the calendar
-	architecture.
-
-	* calendar/reference.sgml: New <reference> for the calendar API
-	reference.
diff --git a/doc/devel/Makefile.am b/doc/devel/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d3cec5a1c..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = calendar
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=evolution-devel-guide
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=evolution-devel-guide.sgml
-
-HTML_DIR=$(datadir)/gnome/html
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-evolution_devel_guidedir = $(HTML_DIR)
-evolution_devel_guide_DATA =			\
-	evolution-devel-guide.html
-
-content_files =					\
-	evolution-devel-guide.sgml
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 					\
-	$(evolution_devel_guide_DATA)		\
-	$(content_files)
-
-if ENABLE_GTK_DOC
-evolution-devel-guide.html: html/book1.html
-	-cd $(srcdir) && cp html/book1.html evolution-devel-guide.html
-else
-evolution-devel-guide.html:
-endif
-
-html/book1.html: $(content-files)
-	$(MAKE) html
-
-html:
-	test -d $(srcdir)/html || mkdir $(srcdir)/html
-	-cd $(srcdir)/html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.signals *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local:
-	cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf html
-
-install-data-local:
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR)
-	(installfiles=`echo $(srcdir)/html/*.html`; \
-	if test "$$installfiles" = '$(srcdir)/html/*.html'; \
-	then echo '-- Nothing to install' ; \
-	else \
-	  for i in $$installfiles; do \
-	    echo '-- Installing '$$i ; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \
-	  done; \
-	  echo '-- Installing $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml' ; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/html/index.sgml $(DESTDIR)$(TARGET_DIR); \
-	  echo '-- Fixing Crossreferences' ; \
-	  gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)|| true; \
-	fi)
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/html
-	-cp $(srcdir)/html/*.html $(srcdir)/html/*.css $(distdir)/html
-
-.PHONY: html
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/.cvsignore b/doc/devel/calendar/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 282522db03..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/Makefile.am b/doc/devel/calendar/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 2220e1d59b..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = cal-client cal-util
-
-EXTRA_DIST =				\
-	architecture.sgml		\
-	evolution-calendar.sgml		\
-	reference.sgml
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 08e4c82b35..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/architecture.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="calendar-architecture">
-    <title>Architecture of the Calendar</title>
-
-    <para>
-      This chapter gives an overview of the Evolution Calendar
-      architecture.  It describes the model/view split of the calendar
-      into a personal calendar server, or PCS, and the GUI clients
-      that appear inside the Evolution shell.
-    </para>
-
-    <!-- Model/View Separation -->
-
-    <sect1 id="calendar-model-view">
-      <title>Model/View Separation</title>
-
-      <para>
-	Like other base components in Evolution, the calendar
-	separates the data model from the views or clients.  This is
-	done so that multiple clients can access the same calendar
-	data in an orderly fashion and without clashes.  For example,
-	the user may be running a graphical calendar client.  If he
-	then wants to synchronize his calendar with a handheld device,
-	then the corresponding synchronization program (e.g. a conduit
-	for the <application>gnome-pilot</application> package) will
-	also need to access the calendar storage.  It is important
-	that both the GUI client and the synchronization program keep
-	a consistent view of the calendar at all times, otherwise one
-	of them will be left in an inconsistent state if the
-	calendar's data changes unexpectedly.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	Evolution puts the calendar storage in a daemon called the
-	Wombat and completely separates it from clients who wants to
-	access calendar data.  This part of the Wombat is called the
-	personal calendar server, or &PCS;.  Clients must contact the
-	&PCS; and ask it to open an existing calendar or create a new
-	one.  When a calendar component object (e.g. an appointment or
-	to-do item) changes in the &PCS; it will notify all the
-	clients that are using the component's parent calendar.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-
-    <!-- Personal Calendar Server -->
-
-    <sect1>
-      <title>Personal Calendar Server</title>
-
-      <para>
-	The personal calendar server, or &PCS;, provides centralized
-	management and storage of a user's personal calendar.
-	Multiple clients can connect to the &PCS; simultaneously to
-	query and modify the user's calendar in a synchronized
-	fashion.  The main features of the &PCS; are as follows:
-      </para>
-
-      <formalpara>
-	<title>Storage</title>
-
-	<para>
-	  The &PCS; is responsible for loading and saving calendars.
-	  Centralizing the loading and saving functionality allows
-	  multiple clients to use the same calendar at the same time
-	  without having to worry about each other.
-	</para>
-      </formalpara>
-
-      <formalpara>
-	<title>Basic Queries</title>
-
-	<para>
-	  The &PCS; provides functions to do basic queries on a
-	  calendar, for example, a client can ask the server for a
-	  list of all the appointments in the calendar, or for all the
-	  data for a specific appointment.
-	</para>
-      </formalpara>
-
-      <formalpara>
-	<title>Recurrence and Alarm Queries</title>
-
-	<para>
-	  
-	</para>
-      </formalpara>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "")
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 0842a93f7a..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-sgml
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 44d43639a8..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=evolution-cal-client
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=evolution-cal-client.sgml
-
-# The directory containing the source code (if it contains documentation).
-DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/calendar/cal-client
-
-CFLAGS ="						\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/calendar			\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)					\
-	-I$(top_builddir)				\
-	-I$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical		\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/libical/src/libical		\
-	$(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS)			\
-	"
-
-LDFLAGS="								\
-	$(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS)					\
-	$(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-client/.libs/libcal-client.a	\
-	$(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-util/.libs/libcal-util.a		\
-	$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical/libical.a			\
-	$(top_builddir)/libversit/.libs/libversit.al			\
-	"
-
-HTML_DIR=$(datadir)/gnome/html
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-tmpl_sources =					\
-	tmpl/cal-client.sgml			\
-	tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml
-
-evolution_cal_client_docdir = $(HTML_DIR)
-evolution_cal_client_doc_DATA =			\
-	evolution-cal-client.hierarchy		\
-	evolution-cal-client.types		\
-	evolution-cal-client-decl.txt		\
-	evolution-cal-client-sections.txt
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 					\
-	$(evolution_cal_client_doc_DATA)
-
-sgml/evolution-cal-client-doc.bottom: $(tmpl_sources)
-	$(MAKE) sgml
-
-scan:
-	-(cd $(srcdir) \
-	&& env CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS) \
-		 gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) \
-	&& gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="cal-listener.h evolution-calendar.h" )
-
-templates: scan
-	cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-sgml:
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	&& gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.signals *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/sgml
-	mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
-	-cp $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
-	-cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml $(distdir)/sgml
-	-cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.bottom $(srcdir)/sgml/*.top $(distdir)/sgml
-
-.PHONY : sgml templates scan
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0574d70678..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-decl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_CLIENT_TYPE</NAME>
-#define CAL_CLIENT_TYPE            (cal_client_get_type ())
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_CLIENT</NAME>
-#define CAL_CLIENT(obj)            (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE, CalClient))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME>
-#define CAL_CLIENT_CLASS(klass)    (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE, CalClientClass))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>IS_CAL_CLIENT</NAME>
-#define IS_CAL_CLIENT(obj)         (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS</NAME>
-#define IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), CAL_CLIENT_TYPE))
-</MACRO>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalClient</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalClientClass</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalClientLoadStatus</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_SUCCESS,
-	CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_ERROR,
-	CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_IN_USE,
-	CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED
-} CalClientLoadStatus;
-</ENUM>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalClientGetStatus</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_CLIENT_GET_SUCCESS,
-	CAL_CLIENT_GET_NOT_FOUND,
-	CAL_CLIENT_GET_SYNTAX_ERROR
-} CalClientGetStatus;
-</ENUM>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalClient</NAME>
-struct CalClient {
-	GtkObject object;
-
-	/* Private data */
-	gpointer priv;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_type</NAME>
-<RETURNS>GtkType  </RETURNS>
-void
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_construct</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalClient  *</RETURNS>
-CalClient *client
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_new</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalClient  *</RETURNS>
-void
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_load_calendar</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, const char *str_uri
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_create_calendar</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, const char *str_uri
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_n_objects</NAME>
-<RETURNS>int  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, CalObjType type
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_object</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalClientGetStatus  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client,const char *uid,CalComponent **comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_uid_by_pilot_id</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalClientGetStatus  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client,unsigned long pilot_id,char **uid
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_update_pilot_id</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, char *uid,unsigned long pilot_id,unsigned long pilot_status
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_uids</NAME>
-<RETURNS>GList  *</RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, CalObjType type
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_objects_in_range</NAME>
-<RETURNS>GList  *</RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, CalObjType type,time_t start, time_t end
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_generate_instances</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, CalObjType type,time_t start, time_t end,CalRecurInstanceFn cb, gpointer cb_data
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_alarms_in_range</NAME>
-<RETURNS>GList  *</RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, time_t start, time_t end
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_get_alarms_for_object</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, const char *uid,time_t start, time_t end,GList **alarms
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_update_object</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_client_remove_object</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalClient *client, const char *uid
-</FUNCTION>
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c37b223247..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client-sections.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-<INCLUDE>cal-client/cal-client.h</INCLUDE>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>cal-client</FILE>
-CAL_CLIENT
-<TITLE>CalClient</TITLE>
-
-CalClientLoadStatus
-CalClientGetStatus
-cal_client_new
-cal_client_load_calendar
-cal_client_create_calendar
-cal_client_get_n_objects
-cal_client_get_object
-cal_client_get_objects_in_range
-cal_client_generate_instances
-cal_client_get_uid_by_pilot_id
-cal_client_update_pilot_id
-cal_client_get_uids
-cal_client_get_alarms_in_range
-cal_client_get_alarms_for_object
-cal_client_update_object
-cal_client_remove_object
-
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-
-CAL_CLIENT_TYPE
-IS_CAL_CLIENT
-CAL_CLIENT_CLASS
-IS_CAL_CLIENT_CLASS
-cal_client_get_type
-cal_client_construct
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-CalClient
-
-</SECTION>
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.args
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy
deleted file mode 100644
index 88efa3e673..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.hierarchy
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-GtkObject
-  CalClient
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.signals b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.signals
deleted file mode 100644
index 97e360b6a2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.signals
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-<SIGNAL>
-<NAME>CalClient::cal-loaded</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void</RETURNS>
-CalClient *calclient
-GtkEnum  arg1
-</SIGNAL>
-
-<SIGNAL>
-<NAME>CalClient::obj-updated</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void</RETURNS>
-CalClient *calclient
-GtkString  arg1
-</SIGNAL>
-
-<SIGNAL>
-<NAME>CalClient::obj-removed</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void</RETURNS>
-CalClient *calclient
-GtkString  arg1
-</SIGNAL>
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types
deleted file mode 100644
index 84d65a6637..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/evolution-cal-client.types
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-#include <gnome.h>
-#include <cal-client/cal-client.h>
-
-cal_client_get_type
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 06469ff3ee..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/cal-client.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-CalClient
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-GTK+ object for communication with personal calendar server.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-  <para>
-    The #CalClient object provides a nice GTK+ wrapper for the CORBA
-    interfaces that are used to communicate between calendar clients
-    and the personal calendar server in the user's Wombat daemon.  The
-    CORBA interfaces transfer calendar components in RFC 2445 text
-    format; the #CalClient object automatically converts these into
-    #CalComponent structures that are easier to handle.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    After a #CalClient object is created with cal_client_new(), it
-    should be asked to send a request to the personal calendar server
-    to load or create a calendar based on its URI.  The server will
-    asynchronously notify the client about completion of the request,
-    and will return an appropriate result code; this should be noted
-    by the client with the <link
-    linkend="CalClient--cal-loaded">cal_loaded</link> signal.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    When a client asks the server to update or delete a calendar
-    component from the storage, the server will do so and then notify
-    all the clients about the update or removal.  This is the core of
-    the model/view split between calendar clients and the storage in
-    the personal calendar server.  Clients should watch the <link
-    linkend="calclient-obj-updated">obj_updated</link> and <link
-    linkend="calclient-obj-removed">obj_removed</link> signals on the
-    CalClient objects they create so that they can be notified about
-    changes in the storage.
-  </para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-  <para>
-    #CalComponent
-  </para>
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO CAL_CLIENT ##### -->
-  <para>
-    Casts a #GtkObject to a #CalClient.
-  </para>
-
-@obj: A GTK+ object.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientLoadStatus ##### -->
-  <para>
-    These values describe the status of a calendar load or create
-    request.  After asking a calendar factory to load or create a
-    calendar, the provided listener will get notification about the
-    result in asynchronous fashion.  Such notification is represented
-    by one of these enumeration values.  For values other than
-    #CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_SUCCESS, the #CalClient object will not accept
-    any other operations on the calendar and it should just be
-    destroyed.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_SUCCESS: Indicates a successful load or create
-  operation; the corresponding calendar is ready for use.
-@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_ERROR: Indicates an error while loading or creating
-  the calendar.
-@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_IN_USE: Indicates that a create request failed
-  because the specified calendar was already being used by another
-  client.
-@CAL_CLIENT_LOAD_METHOD_NOT_SUPPORTED: Indicates an error due to
-  trying to load a calendar for which a backend type is not present.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalClientGetStatus ##### -->
-  <para>
-    These values describe the result of the cal_client_get_object()
-    function.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_CLIENT_GET_SUCCESS: Indicates a successful get operation.
-@CAL_CLIENT_GET_NOT_FOUND: Indicates that the requested object was
-  not found.
-@CAL_CLIENT_GET_SYNTAX_ERROR: Indicates a syntax error when parsing
-  the requested object.  This could indicate a bug in the calendar
-  client libraries or in the Wombat server.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_load_calendar ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@str_uri: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_create_calendar ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@str_uri: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_n_objects ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@type: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@uid: 
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@ico: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_objects_in_range ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@type: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_generate_instances ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@type: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@cb: 
-@cb_data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_uid_by_pilot_id ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@pilot_id: 
-@uid: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_update_pilot_id ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@uid: 
-@pilot_id: 
-@pilot_status: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_uids ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@type: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_alarms_in_range ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_alarms_for_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@uid: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@alarms: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_update_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@ico: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_remove_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@uid: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::cal-loaded ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This signal is emitted some time after the calendar clients sends
-    a load or create request to the personal calendar server.  The
-    server will notify the client asynchronously of the completion of
-    the request.  The @status parameter indicates the status of the
-    request.
-  </para>
-
-@calclient: the object which received the signal.
-@arg1: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@client: Calendar client which received the notification.
-@status: Status of the request.  See the description of
-  #CalClientLoadStatus for more details.
-
-<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::obj-updated ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This signal is emitted when the calendar clients receives
-    notification of a calendar component's data being changed in the
-    personal calendar server.  Graphical clients may want to get the
-    new version of the object and update their display, for example.
-  </para>
-
-@calclient: the object which received the signal.
-@arg1: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@client: Calendar client which received the notification.
-@uid: Unique identifier of the calendar component that changed in the
-  personal calendar server's storage.
-
-<!-- ##### SIGNAL CalClient::obj-removed ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This signal is emitted when the calendar client receives
-    notification for a calendar component being removed from the
-    storage in the personal calendar server.  Graphical clients may
-    want to delete the corresponding object from their display, for
-    example.
-  </para>
-
-@calclient: the object which received the signal.
-@arg1: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@client: Calendar client which received the notification.
-@uid: Unique identifier of the calendar component that was removed
-  from the personal calendar server's storage.
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../../../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
-End:
--->
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5576dbd57f..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-client/tmpl/evolution-cal-client-unused.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_client_get_events_in_range ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@client: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@Returns: 
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 0842a93f7a..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-sgml
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 8861aa03cb..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=evolution-cal-util
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=evolution-cal-util.sgml
-
-# The directory containing the source code (if it contains documentation).
-DOC_SOURCE_DIR=$(EVOLUTION_DIR)/calendar/cal-util
-
-CFLAGS ="						\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/calendar			\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)					\
-	-I$(top_builddir)				\
-	-I$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical		\
-	-I$(top_srcdir)/libical/src/libical		\
-	$(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_CFLAGS)			\
-	"
-
-LDFLAGS="								\
-	$(BONOBO_VFS_GNOME_LIBS)					\
-	$(top_builddir)/calendar/cal-util/.libs/libcal-util.a		\
-	$(top_builddir)/libical/src/libical/libical.a			\
-	$(top_builddir)/libversit/.libs/libversit.al			\
-	"
-
-HTML_DIR=$(datadir)/gnome/html
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-tmpl_sources =					\
-	tmpl/cal-util.sgml			\
-	tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml
-
-evolution_cal_util_docdir = $(HTML_DIR)
-evolution_cal_util_doc_DATA =			\
-	evolution-cal-util.hierarchy		\
-	evolution-cal-util.types		\
-	evolution-cal-util-decl.txt		\
-	evolution-cal-util-sections.txt
-
-EXTRA_DIST = 					\
-	$(evolution_cal_util_doc_DATA)
-
-sgml/evolution-cal-util-doc.bottom: $(tmpl_sources)
-	$(MAKE) sgml
-
-scan:
-	-(cd $(srcdir) \
-	&& env CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS) \
-		 gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE) \
-	&& gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR) --ignore-headers="calobj.h icalendar-save.h icalendar.h" )
-
-templates: scan
-	cd $(srcdir) && gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-sgml:
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	&& gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --source-dir=$(DOC_SOURCE_DIR)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.signals *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf sgml $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/sgml
-	mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
-	-cp $(srcdir)/tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
-	-cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.sgml $(distdir)/sgml
-	-cp $(srcdir)/sgml/*.bottom $(srcdir)/sgml/*.top $(distdir)/sgml
-
-.PHONY : sgml templates scan
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index eb108b868f..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-decl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,852 +0,0 @@
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE</NAME>
-#define CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE            (cal_component_get_type ())
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT</NAME>
-#define CAL_COMPONENT(obj)            (GTK_CHECK_CAST ((obj), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE, CalComponent))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME>
-#define CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass)    (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE,	\
-				       CalComponentClass))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>IS_CAL_COMPONENT</NAME>
-#define IS_CAL_COMPONENT(obj)         (GTK_CHECK_TYPE ((obj), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE))
-</MACRO>
-<MACRO>
-<NAME>IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS</NAME>
-#define IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS(klass) (GTK_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE))
-</MACRO>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentVType</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_EVENT,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TODO,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_JOURNAL,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FREEBUSY,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TIMEZONE
-} CalComponentVType;
-</ENUM>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentField</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CATEGORIES,		/* concatenation of the categories list */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CLASSIFICATION,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETED,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTEND,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTSTART,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DUE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_GEO,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PERCENT,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PRIORITY,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_SUMMARY,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_TRANSPARENCY,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_URL,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_HAS_ALARMS,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_ICON,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETE,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_RECURRING,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_OVERDUE,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COLOR,		/* not a real field */
-	CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_NUM_FIELDS
-} CalComponentField;
-</ENUM>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentClassification</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_NONE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PUBLIC,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PRIVATE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_CONFIDENTIAL,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_UNKNOWN
-} CalComponentClassification;
-</ENUM>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalComponentDateTime</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	/* Actual date/time value */
-	struct icaltimetype *value;
-
-	/* Timezone ID */
-	const char *tzid;
-} CalComponentDateTime;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentPeriodType</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DATETIME,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DURATION
-} CalComponentPeriodType;
-</ENUM>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalComponentPeriod</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	CalComponentPeriodType type;
-
-	struct icaltimetype start;
-
-	union {
-		struct icaltimetype end;
-		struct icaldurationtype duration;
-	} u;
-} CalComponentPeriod;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalComponentText</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	/* Description string */
-	const char *value;
-
-	/* Alternate representation URI */
-	const char *altrep;
-} CalComponentText;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentTransparency</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_NONE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_TRANSPARENT,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_OPAQUE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_UNKNOWN
-} CalComponentTransparency;
-</ENUM>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalComponentAlarm</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalComponent</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalComponentClass</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalComponentPrivate</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalComponent</NAME>
-struct CalComponent {
-	GtkObject object;
-
-	/* Private data */
-	CalComponentPrivate *priv;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_type</NAME>
-<RETURNS>GtkType  </RETURNS>
-void
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_gen_uid</NAME>
-<RETURNS>char  *</RETURNS>
-void
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_new</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalComponent  *</RETURNS>
-void
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_clone</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalComponent  *</RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_new_vtype</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentVType type
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_icalcomponent</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, icalcomponent *icalcomp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_icalcomponent</NAME>
-<RETURNS>icalcomponent  *</RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_vtype</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalComponentVType  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_as_string</NAME>
-<RETURNS>char  *</RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_commit_sequence</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_uid</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, const char **uid
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_uid</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, const char *uid
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_categories_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **categ_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_categories_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *categ_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_classification</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentClassification *classif
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_classification</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentClassification classif
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_comment_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **text_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_comment_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *text_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_completed</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_completed</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_created</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_created</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_description_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **text_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_description_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *text_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_dtend</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_dtend</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_dtstamp</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_dtstamp</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_dtstart</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_dtstart</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_due</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_due</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_exdate_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **exdate_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_exdate_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *exdate_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_exrule_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_exrule_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *recur_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_geo</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icalgeotype **geo
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_geo</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icalgeotype *geo
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_last_modified</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype **t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_last_modified</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_percent</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int **percent
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_percent</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int *percent
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_priority</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int **priority
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_priority</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int *priority
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_rdate_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **period_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_rdate_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *period_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_has_rdates</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_rrule_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList **recur_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_rrule_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, GSList *recur_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_has_rrules</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_sequence</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int **sequence
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_sequence</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, int *sequence
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_summary</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentText *summary
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_summary</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentText *summary
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_transparency</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentTransparency *transp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_transparency</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, CalComponentTransparency transp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_url</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, const char **url
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_url</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, const char *url
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_pilot_id</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, unsigned long *pilot_id
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_pilot_id</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, unsigned long pilot_id
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_pilot_status</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, unsigned long *pilot_status
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_set_pilot_status</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp, unsigned long pilot_status
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_categories_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GSList *categ_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_datetime</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentDateTime *dt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_exdate_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GSList *exdate_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_geo</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-struct icalgeotype *geo
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_icaltimetype</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-struct icaltimetype *t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_percent</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-int *percent
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_priority</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-int *priority
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_period_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GSList *period_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_recur_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GSList *recur_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_sequence</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-int *sequence
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_free_text_list</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GSList *text_list
-</FUNCTION>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentAlarmAction</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_NONE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_AUDIO,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_DISPLAY,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_EMAIL,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_PROCEDURE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_UNKNOWN
-} CalComponentAlarmAction;
-</ENUM>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentAlarmTriggerType</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_ABSOLUTE
-} CalComponentAlarmTriggerType;
-</ENUM>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_START,
-	CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_END
-} CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated;
-</ENUM>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalComponentAlarmTrigger</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	CalComponentAlarmTriggerType type;
-
-	union {
-		struct {
-			struct icaldurationtype duration;
-			CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated related;
-		} relative;
-
-		struct icaltimetype absolute;
-	} u;
-} CalComponentAlarmTrigger;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_first_alarm</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalComponentAlarm  *</RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_get_next_alarm</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalComponentAlarm  *</RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_free</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarm *alarm
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_action</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentAlarmAction *action
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_action</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentAlarmAction action
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_get_trigger</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentAlarmTrigger **trigger
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_set_trigger</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarm *alarm, CalComponentAlarmTrigger *trigger
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_component_alarm_free_trigger</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalComponentAlarmTrigger *trigger
-</FUNCTION>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalRecurType</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CAL_RECUR_YEARLY,
-	CAL_RECUR_MONTHLY,
-	CAL_RECUR_WEEKLY,
-	CAL_RECUR_DAILY,
-	CAL_RECUR_HOURLY,
-	CAL_RECUR_MINUTELY,
-	CAL_RECUR_SECONDLY
-} CalRecurType;
-</ENUM>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalRecurrence</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	CalRecurType   type;
-
-	int            interval;
-
-	/* Specifies the end of the recurrence. No occurrences are generated
-	   after this date. If it is 0, the event recurs forever. */
-	time_t         enddate;
-
-	/* WKST property - the week start day: 0 = Monday to 6 = Sunday. */
-	gint	       week_start_day;
-
-
-	/* NOTE: I've used GList's here, but it doesn't matter if we use
-	   other data structures like arrays. The code should be easy to
-	   change. So long as it is easy to see if the modifier is set. */
-
-	/* For BYMONTH modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, 0-11. */
-	GList	      *bymonth;
-
-	/* For BYWEEKNO modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, [+-]1-53. */
-	GList	      *byweekno;
-
-	/* For BYYEARDAY modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, [+-]1-366. */
-	GList	      *byyearday;
-
-	/* For BYMONTHDAY modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, [+-]1-31. */
-	GList	      *bymonthday;
-
-	/* For BYDAY modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, in pairs.
-	   The first of each pair is the weekday, 0 = Monday to 6 = Sunday.
-	   The second of each pair is the week number [+-]0-53. */
-	GList	      *byday;
-
-	/* For BYHOUR modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, 0-23. */
-	GList	      *byhour;
-
-	/* For BYMINUTE modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, 0-59. */
-	GList	      *byminute;
-
-	/* For BYSECOND modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, 0-60. */
-	GList	      *bysecond;
-
-	/* For BYSETPOS modifier. A list of GINT_TO_POINTERs, +ve or -ve. */
-	GList	      *bysetpos;
-} CalRecurrence;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalObjTime</NAME>
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>CalObjTime</NAME>
-struct CalObjTime {
-	guint16 year;
-	guint8 month;		/* 0 - 11 */
-	guint8 day;		/* 1 - 31 */
-	guint8 hour;		/* 0 - 23 */
-	guint8 minute;		/* 0 - 59 */
-	guint8 second;		/* 0 - 59 (maybe 60 for leap second) */
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<USER_FUNCTION>
-<NAME>CalRecurInstanceFn</NAME>
-<RETURNS>gboolean </RETURNS>
-CalComponent *comp,
-					 time_t        instance_start,
-					 time_t        instace_end,
-					 gpointer      data
-</USER_FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_recur_generate_instances</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void 	</RETURNS>
-CalComponent		*comp,time_t			 start,time_t			 end,CalRecurInstanceFn	 cb,gpointer                cb_data
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_recur_from_icalrecurrencetype</NAME>
-<RETURNS>CalRecurrence  *</RETURNS>
-struct icalrecurrencetype *ir
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_recur_free</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-CalRecurrence *r
-</FUNCTION>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalObjInstance</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	char *uid;			/* UID of the object */
-	time_t start;			/* Start time of instance */
-	time_t end;			/* End time of instance */
-} CalObjInstance;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_obj_instance_list_free</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GList *list
-</FUNCTION>
-<TYPEDEF>
-<NAME>CalAlarmInstance</NAME>
-typedef struct {
-	char *uid;			/* UID of object */
-#if 0
-	enum AlarmType type;		/* Type of alarm */
-#endif
-	time_t trigger;			/* Alarm trigger time */
-	time_t occur;			/* Occurrence time */
-} CalAlarmInstance;
-</TYPEDEF>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_alarm_instance_list_free</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GList *list
-</FUNCTION>
-<ENUM>
-<NAME>CalObjType</NAME>
-typedef enum {
-	CALOBJ_TYPE_EVENT   = 1 << 0,
-	CALOBJ_TYPE_TODO    = 1 << 1,
-	CALOBJ_TYPE_JOURNAL = 1 << 2,
-	CALOBJ_TYPE_ANY     = 0x07
-} CalObjType;
-</ENUM>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>cal_obj_uid_list_free</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-GList *list
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_from_icaltimetype</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-struct icaltimetype itt
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_from_isodate</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-char *str
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_from_start_duration</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t start, char *duration
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>isodate_from_time_t</NAME>
-<RETURNS>char    *</RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>get_time_t_hour</NAME>
-<RETURNS>int  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>isodiff_to_secs</NAME>
-<RETURNS>int  </RETURNS>
-char *str
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>isodiff_from_secs</NAME>
-<RETURNS>char    *</RETURNS>
-int secs
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_add_minutes</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t time, int minutes
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_add_day</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t time, int days
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_add_week</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t time, int weeks
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_add_month</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t time, int months
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_add_year</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t time, int years
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>format_simple_hour</NAME>
-<RETURNS>char  *</RETURNS>
-int hour, int use_am_pm
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_days_in_month</NAME>
-<RETURNS>int  </RETURNS>
-int year, int month
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_from_day</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-int year, int month, int day
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_day_hour</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t, int hour
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_year_begin</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_year_end</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_month_begin</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_month_end</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_week_begin</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_week_end</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_day_begin</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>time_day_end</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>parse_date</NAME>
-<RETURNS>time_t  </RETURNS>
-char *str
-</FUNCTION>
-<FUNCTION>
-<NAME>print_time_t</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void  </RETURNS>
-time_t t
-</FUNCTION>
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cd928fc7e3..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util-sections.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>cal-component</FILE>
-CAL_COMPONENT
-<TITLE>CalComponent</TITLE>
-
-CalComponentVType
-CalComponentField
-CalComponentClassification
-CalComponentDateTime
-CalComponentPeriodType
-CalComponentPeriod
-CalComponentText
-CalComponentTransparency
-CalComponentAlarm
-CalComponentPrivate
-
-cal_component_gen_uid
-cal_component_new
-cal_component_clone
-cal_component_set_new_vtype
-cal_component_set_icalcomponent
-cal_component_get_icalcomponent
-cal_component_get_vtype
-cal_component_get_as_string
-cal_component_commit_sequence
-cal_component_get_uid
-cal_component_set_uid
-cal_component_get_categories_list
-cal_component_set_categories_list
-cal_component_get_classification
-cal_component_set_classification
-cal_component_get_comment_list
-cal_component_set_comment_list
-cal_component_get_completed
-cal_component_set_completed
-cal_component_get_created
-cal_component_set_created
-cal_component_get_description_list
-cal_component_set_description_list
-cal_component_get_dtend
-cal_component_set_dtend
-cal_component_get_dtstamp
-cal_component_set_dtstamp
-cal_component_get_dtstart
-cal_component_set_dtstart
-cal_component_get_due
-cal_component_set_due
-cal_component_get_exdate_list
-cal_component_set_exdate_list
-cal_component_get_exrule_list
-cal_component_set_exrule_list
-cal_component_get_geo
-cal_component_set_geo
-cal_component_get_last_modified
-cal_component_set_last_modified
-cal_component_get_percent
-cal_component_set_percent
-cal_component_get_priority
-cal_component_set_priority
-cal_component_get_rdate_list
-cal_component_set_rdate_list
-cal_component_has_rdates
-cal_component_get_rrule_list
-cal_component_set_rrule_list
-cal_component_has_rrules
-cal_component_get_sequence
-cal_component_set_sequence
-cal_component_get_summary
-cal_component_set_summary
-cal_component_get_transparency
-cal_component_set_transparency
-cal_component_get_url
-cal_component_set_url
-cal_component_get_pilot_id
-cal_component_set_pilot_id
-cal_component_get_pilot_status
-cal_component_set_pilot_status
-
-cal_component_free_categories_list
-cal_component_free_datetime
-cal_component_free_exdate_list
-cal_component_free_geo
-cal_component_free_icaltimetype
-cal_component_free_percent
-cal_component_free_priority
-cal_component_free_period_list
-cal_component_free_recur_list
-cal_component_free_sequence
-cal_component_free_text_list
-
-CalComponentAlarmAction
-CalComponentAlarmTriggerType
-CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated
-CalComponentAlarmTrigger
-
-cal_component_get_first_alarm
-cal_component_get_next_alarm
-cal_component_alarm_free
-cal_component_alarm_get_action
-cal_component_alarm_set_action
-cal_component_alarm_get_trigger
-cal_component_alarm_set_trigger
-cal_component_alarm_free_trigger
-
-<SUBSECTION Standard>
-CAL_COMPONENT_TYPE
-CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS
-IS_CAL_COMPONENT
-IS_CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS
-cal_component_get_type
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-CalComponent
-
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>cal-recur</FILE>
-CalRecurType
-CalRecurrence
-CalObjTime
-CalRecurInstanceFn
-cal_recur_generate_instances
-cal_recur_from_icalrecurrencetype
-cal_recur_free
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>cal-util</FILE>
-CalObjInstance
-cal_obj_instance_list_free
-CalAlarmInstance
-cal_alarm_instance_list_free
-CalObjType
-cal_obj_uid_list_free
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<FILE>timeutil</FILE>
-time_from_icaltimetype
-time_from_isodate
-time_from_start_duration
-isodate_from_time_t
-get_time_t_hour
-isodiff_to_secs
-isodiff_from_secs
-time_add_minutes
-time_add_day
-time_add_week
-time_add_month
-time_add_year
-format_simple_hour
-time_days_in_month
-time_from_day
-time_day_hour
-time_year_begin
-time_year_end
-time_month_begin
-time_month_end
-time_week_begin
-time_week_end
-time_day_begin
-time_day_end
-parse_date
-print_time_t
-</SECTION>
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.args
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy
deleted file mode 100644
index cc235653f2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.hierarchy
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-GtkObject
-  CalComponent
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.signals
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types
deleted file mode 100644
index 52b2d9bf90..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/evolution-cal-util.types
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-#include <gnome.h>
-#include <cal-util/cal-component.h>
-
-cal_component_get_type
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f800e583f..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-component.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,934 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-CalComponent
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-RFC 2445 iCalendar component object.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-  <para>
-    The #CalComponent object provides a wrapper over the &libical;
-    functions for manipulating calendar components.  #CalComponent
-    presents a GTK+-like interface to calendar components according to
-    RFC 2445.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    While &libical; supports almost all of the features of the
-    iCalendar RFCs, applications are normally not interested in all
-    the mindless gunk that is there.  Still, applications should do
-    their best not to drop extension fields from calendar components
-    or any other extra information they do not support (including
-    standard fields they are not interested in).  The #CalComponent
-    object provides a wrapper over
-    <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structures from &libical;
-    so that no information in them will be lost even if the
-    application is not designed to handle it.  Also, #CalComponent
-    provides a higher-level API to many of the &libical; operations so
-    as to make it less painful to deal with iCalendar components.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    A #CalComponent object starts out empty.  It must be initialized
-    from an existing <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structure
-    by using the cal_component_set_icalcomponent() function, or from a
-    completely new data by specifying the desired component type to
-    the cal_component_set_new_vtype() function.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    #CalComponent will create an internal map of the properties in the
-    <structname>icalcomponent</structname> structure and then allow
-    random access to them via the #CalComponent API functions;
-    normally the &libical; API would have to be used by creating many
-    iterators and other unpleasant constructs.  #CalComponent keeps
-    handles to the properties it scanned from the
-    <structname>icalcomponent</structname> and will let the parent
-    application modify them at any time without having to do any
-    iteration.
-  </para>
-
-  <para>
-    Eventually a #CalComponent may be turned into the RFC 2445 string
-    representation of an iCalendar component by using the
-    cal_component_get_as_string() function.  Applications can then
-    transfer this interoperable
-    <footnote>
-      <para>
-	&ldquo;Interoperable.&rdquo;  Heavens, I love that word.
-      </para>
-    </footnote>
-    string to other programs that deal with iCalendar.
-  </para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-  <para>
-
-  </para>
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO CAL_COMPONENT ##### -->
-  <para>
-    Casts a #GtkObject to a #CalComponent.
-  </para>
-
-@obj: A GTK+ object.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentVType ##### -->
-  <para>
-    Calendar component types as defined by RFC 2445.  These values can
-    be used to create a new calendar component by passing them to the
-    cal_component_set_new_vtype() function.  They are also the return
-    value of the cal_component_get_vtype() function.  The only time
-    the @CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE value is used is when querying the
-    vtype of an uninitialized #CalComponent.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_NO_TYPE: Returned from cal_component_get_vtype() to
-  indicate an uninitialized #CalComponent object.
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_EVENT: Indicates a VEVENT component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TODO: Indicates a VTODO component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_JOURNAL: Indicates a VJOURNAL component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FREEBUSY: Indicates a VFREEBUSY component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TIMEZONE: Indicates a VTIMEZOME component.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentField ##### -->
-  <para>
-    These values are used as identifiers for #ETable columns.  These
-    are used by the calendar GUI code in Evolution.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CATEGORIES: Component's list of categories.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_CLASSIFICATION: Component's classification.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETED: Component's completion date.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTEND: Component's ending date.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DTSTART: Component's starting date.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_DUE: Component's due date.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_GEO: Component's geographical position.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PERCENT: Component's percent completed value.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_PRIORITY: Component's priority.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_SUMMARY: Component's summary.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_TRANSPARENCY: Component's transparency value.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_URL: Component's URL.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_HAS_ALARMS: Whether the component has any alarms.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_ICON: Which icon to use for the component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COMPLETE: Whether the component has been completed.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_RECURRING: Whether the component has any recurrences.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_OVERDUE: Whether the component is overdue.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_COLOR: Which color to use for the component.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_FIELD_NUM_FIELDS: Total number of enumerated fields.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentClassification ##### -->
-  <para>
-    Values for the access classification property of a calendar
-    component.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_NONE: Indicates that no access classification has
-    been set for the corresponding component.
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PUBLIC: Public access.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_PRIVATE: Private access.
-@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_CONFIDENTIAL: Confidential access.
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_CLASS_UNKNOWN: Unknown access classification value,
-  used when &libical; returns something #CalComponent does not know
-  about.
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentDateTime ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This structure defines a date and time value.
-  </para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentPeriodType ##### -->
-  <para>
-    Defines how a period of time is specified.
-  </para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DATETIME: Indicates that the period is specified
-  by starting and ending date/time values.
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_PERIOD_DURATION: Indicates that the period is specified
-  as a starding date/time and a duration value.
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentPeriod ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This structure defines a period of time.
-  </para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentText ##### -->
-  <para>
-    This structure defines the value of a text property that may have
-    an alternate representation parameter.
-  </para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentTransparency ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_NONE: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_TRANSPARENT: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_OPAQUE: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_TRANSP_UNKNOWN: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT CalComponentAlarm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT CalComponentPrivate ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_gen_uid ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_clone ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_new_vtype ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@type: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_icalcomponent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@icalcomp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_icalcomponent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_vtype ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_as_string ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_commit_sequence ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_uid ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@uid: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_uid ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@uid: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_categories_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@categ_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_categories_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@categ_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_classification ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@classif: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_classification ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@classif: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_comment_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@text_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_comment_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@text_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_completed ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_completed ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_created ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_created ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_description_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@text_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_description_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@text_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtend ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtend ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtstamp ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtstamp ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_dtstart ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_dtstart ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_due ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_due ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_exdate_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@exdate_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_exdate_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@exdate_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_exrule_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@recur_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_exrule_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@recur_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_geo ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@geo: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_geo ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@geo: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_last_modified ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_last_modified ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_percent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@percent: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_percent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@percent: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_priority ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@priority: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_priority ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@priority: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_rdate_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@period_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_rdate_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@period_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_rdates ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_rrule_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@recur_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_rrule_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@recur_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_has_rrules ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_sequence ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@sequence: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_sequence ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@sequence: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_summary ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@summary: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_summary ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@summary: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_transparency ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@transp: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_transparency ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@transp: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_url ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@url: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_url ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@url: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_pilot_id ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@pilot_id: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_pilot_id ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@pilot_id: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_pilot_status ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@pilot_status: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_set_pilot_status ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@pilot_status: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_categories_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@categ_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_datetime ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@dt: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_exdate_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@exdate_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_geo ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@geo: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_icaltimetype ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_percent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@percent: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_priority ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@priority: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_period_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@period_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_recur_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@recur_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_sequence ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@sequence: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_free_text_list ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@text_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmAction ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_NONE: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_AUDIO: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_DISPLAY: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_EMAIL: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_PROCEDURE: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_UNKNOWN: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmTriggerType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATIVE: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_ABSOLUTE: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalComponentAlarmTriggerRelated ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_START: 
-@CAL_COMPONENT_ALARM_TRIGGER_RELATED_END: 
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalComponentAlarmTrigger ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_first_alarm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_get_next_alarm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@alarm: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_get_action ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@alarm: 
-@action: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_set_action ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@alarm: 
-@action: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_get_trigger ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@alarm: 
-@trigger: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_set_trigger ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@alarm: 
-@trigger: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_component_alarm_free_trigger ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@trigger: 
-
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../../../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "refsect2" "")
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 703f8b2b85..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-recur.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-cal-recur
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalRecurType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CAL_RECUR_YEARLY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_MONTHLY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_WEEKLY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_DAILY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_HOURLY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_MINUTELY: 
-@CAL_RECUR_SECONDLY: 
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalRecurrence ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT CalObjTime ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@year: 
-@month: 
-@day: 
-@hour: 
-@minute: 
-@second: 
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION CalRecurInstanceFn ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@instance_start: 
-@instace_end: 
-@data: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_generate_instances ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@comp: 
-@start: 
-@end: 
-@cb: 
-@cb_data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_from_icalrecurrencetype ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ir: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_recur_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@r: 
-
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index bc349a377f..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/cal-util.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Miscellaneous utilities
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalObjInstance ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_obj_instance_list_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF CalAlarmInstance ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_alarm_instance_list_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM CalObjType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@CALOBJ_TYPE_EVENT: 
-@CALOBJ_TYPE_TODO: 
-@CALOBJ_TYPE_JOURNAL: 
-@CALOBJ_TYPE_ANY: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION cal_obj_uid_list_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@list: 
-
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb2..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/evolution-cal-util-unused.sgml
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b62fbba3f..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/cal-util/tmpl/timeutil.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-timeutil
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_icaltimetype ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@itt: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_isodate ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@str: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_start_duration ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@start: 
-@duration: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodate_from_time_t ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION get_time_t_hour ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodiff_to_secs ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@str: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION isodiff_from_secs ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@secs: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_minutes ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-@minutes: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_day ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-@days: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_week ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-@weeks: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_month ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-@months: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_add_year ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-@years: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION format_simple_hour ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@hour: 
-@use_am_pm: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_days_in_month ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@year: 
-@month: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_from_day ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@year: 
-@month: 
-@day: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_hour ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@hour: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_year_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_year_end ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_month_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_month_end ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_week_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_week_end ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION time_day_end ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION parse_date ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@str: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION print_time_t ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@t: 
-
-
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index f3936d9bbc..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-  <part>
-    <docinfo>
-      <authorgroup>
-	<author>
-	  <firstname>Federico</firstname>
-	  <surname>Mena Quintero</surname>
-	  <affiliation>
-	    <address>
-	      <email>federico@helixcode.com</email>
-	    </address>
-	  </affiliation>
-	</author>
-      </authorgroup>
-    </docinfo>
-
-    <title>Developing Applications for the Evolution Calendar</title>
-
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-	This part of the Evolution Developer's Guide describes how to
-	write applications for the Evolution Calendar by using its
-	public interfaces.  The Evolution Calendar exports its
-	functionality through a number of interfaces, including CORBA,
-	GTK+ wrappers for Bonobo objects, and other utility libraries.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	You should read this part of the Evolution Developer's guide
-	if you intend to write client applications that use the
-	functionality of the Evolution Calendar.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-	This part does not describe the internal interfaces of the
-	Evolution Calendar; for that you should read the Evolution
-	Internals Guide.  You should only need to read that guide if
-	you are interested in the way the calendar works internally or
-	if you want to make changes directly to the Evolution Calendar
-	code.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &calendar-architecture;
-  </part>
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "book" "")
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index f8aa6e848d..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/public-reference.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-  <reference>
-    <title>Calendar Public API Reference</title>
-
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-	This part presents the class and function reference for the
-	public APIs of the different components of the Evolution
-	Calendar.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &CalClient;
-    &CalComponent;
-    &cal-util;
-    &cal-recur;
-    &timeutil;
-  </reference>
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "")
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/devel/calendar/reference.sgml b/doc/devel/calendar/reference.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index f8aa6e848d..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/calendar/reference.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-  <reference>
-    <title>Calendar Public API Reference</title>
-
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-	This part presents the class and function reference for the
-	public APIs of the different components of the Evolution
-	Calendar.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &CalClient;
-    &CalComponent;
-    &cal-util;
-    &cal-recur;
-    &timeutil;
-  </reference>
-
-<!--
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-parent-document: ("../evolution-devel-guide.sgml" "book" "part" "")
-End:
--->
diff --git a/doc/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml b/doc/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9db8f1bdf0..0000000000
--- a/doc/devel/evolution-devel-guide.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity evolution-calendar SYSTEM "calendar/evolution-calendar.sgml">
-<!entity calendar-architecture SYSTEM "calendar/architecture.sgml">
-<!entity calendar-reference SYSTEM "calendar/reference.sgml">
-<!entity CalClient SYSTEM "calendar/cal-client/sgml/cal-client.sgml">
-<!entity CalComponent SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-component.sgml">
-<!entity cal-util SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-util.sgml">
-<!entity cal-recur SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/cal-recur.sgml">
-<!entity timeutil SYSTEM "calendar/cal-util/sgml/timeutil.sgml">
-<!entity PCS "<acronym>PCS</acronym>">
-<!entity libical "<application>libical</application>">
-]>
-
-<book id="index">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>Evolution Developer's Guide</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <corpauthor>
-	Helix Code, Inc.
-      </corpauthor>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder>
-    </copyright>
-  </bookinfo>
-
-  <!-- DocBook parts for each individual component -->
-
-  &evolution-calendar;
-
-  <!-- API Reference part -->
-
-  <part>
-    <title>Evolution Public API Reference</title>
-
-    <partintro>
-      <para>
-	This part presents the class and function reference for the
-	different libraries and interfaces that Evolution provides.
-	Classes are described together with their methods; individual
-	functions are grouped by functional group.
-      </para>
-    </partintro>
-
-    &calendar-reference;
-  </part>
-</book>
diff --git a/doc/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml b/doc/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cb3132e2b..0000000000
--- a/doc/white-papers/calendar/calendar.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>">
-<!entity CUA "<acronym>CUA</acronym>">
-<!entity PCS "<acronym>PCS</acronym>">
-<!entity Bonobo "<application>Bonobo</application>">
-<!entity CORBA "<acronym>CORBA</acronym>">
-<!entity GTK "<acronym>GTK+</acronym>">
-]>
-
-<article class="whitepaper" id="calendar">
-
-  <artheader>
-    <title>&Evolution; Calendaring Framework</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Federico</firstname>
-	<surname>Mena Quintero</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>federico@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-    <abstract>
-      <para>
-	The &Evolution; groupware suite provides a framework for
-	developing calendaring applications, as well as a graphical
-	calendar client and a personal calendar server.  This white
-	paper describes the architecture of the &Evolution;
-	calendaring framework.
-      </para>
-    </abstract>
-  </artheader>
-
-  <!-- Introduction -->
-
-  <sect1 id="introduction">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Calendaring is an important part of a groupware suite.  A
-      calendaring framework will allow a user to keep a personal
-      calendar and have several applications use it.  Such
-      applications could be a graphical calendar client that the user
-      employs to schedule appointments and keep track of his time, a
-      <productname>Palm Pilot</productname> synchronization client, or
-      a simple alarm or reminder utility.  A comprehensive calendaring
-      framework will also allow multiple users to schedule
-      appointments between each other; for example, a project director
-      may want to schedule a weekly meeting with the rest of the
-      project members, or a person who owns a large house may want to
-      schedule a big party with his friends.  The attendees will then
-      want to reply with messages such as, &ldquo;I will
-      attend&rdquo;, or &ldquo;I will attend only if the proposed time
-      is changed&rdquo;.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The &Evolution; groupware suite provides a framework for
-      developing calendaring applications, as well as a graphical
-      calendar client or calendar user agent (&CUA;) and a personal
-      calendar server (&PCS;).
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The following sections explain the basic calendaring framework,
-      the functions of the calendar user agent and the personal
-      calendar server, and the relationship between the two.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <!-- Personal Calendar Server -->
-
-  <sect1 id="pcs">
-    <title>Personal Calendar Server</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The personal calendar server (&PCS;) provides centralized
-      management and storage of a user's personal calendar.  Multiple
-      clients can connect to the &PCS; simultaneously to query and
-      modify the user's calendar in a synchronized fashion.  The main
-      features of the &PCS; are as follows:
-    </para>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Storage</title>
-
-      <para>
-	The &PCS; is responsible for loading and saving calendars.
-	Centralizing the loading and saving functionality allows
-	multiple clients to use the same calendar at the same time
-	without having to worry about each other.
-      </para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Basic Queries</title>
-
-      <para>
-	The &PCS; provides functions to do basic queries on a
-	calendar, for example, a client can ask the server for a list
-	of all the appointments in the calendar, or for all the data
-	for a specific appointment.
-      </para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Recurrence and Alarm Queries</title>
-
-      <para>
-	Clients can ask the &PCS; for a list of the appointments that
-	occur within a specified time range; for example a graphical
-	client that has a per-week view could ask the &PCS; for all
-	the appointments that occur in a particular week.  This
-	includes multiple occurrences of a single recurring event; for
-	example, the object for &ldquo;a 1-hour meeting that occurs on
-	every Tuesday and Thursday&rdquo; is represented inside the
-	&PCS; as a single event with a recurrence rule.  Similarly,
-	clients can ask the &PCS; for a list of events that have
-	alarms that trigger within a specified time range.
-      </para>
-    </formalpara>
-
-    <formalpara>
-      <title>Notification of Changes</title>
-
-      <para>
-	This is the most important function of the &PCS;, as it allows
-	multiple calendar clients to maintain a unified view of the
-	calendar between the server and themselves.  When a client
-	asks the &PCS; to modify or remove an event, the &PCS;
-	notifies all the clients that are connected to it about the
-	change.  The policy is that &ldquo;the server is always
-	right&rdquo;; clients can act as dumb views onto the
-	calendar's data and they will be notified by the &PCS; when
-	something changes.
-      </para>
-    </formalpara>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <!-- Calenar User Agent -->
-
-  <sect1 id="cua">
-    <title>Calendar User Agent</title>
-
-    <para>
-      A calendar user agent (&CUA;) is a program that lets a user
-      manipulate a calendar.  &Evolution; provides an attractive,
-      graphical calendar client that communicates with the &Evolution;
-      personal calendar server.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The &Evolution; calendar client just provides a view onto the
-      data that is stored and managed by the personal calendar server.
-      The calendar client does not perform direct manipulations on a
-      calendar's data; instead it offloads those requests to the
-      calendar server, which takes care of making the appropriate
-      modifications in the calendar and then notifies all the clients
-      about the changes.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <!-- Calendar Client Library -->
-
-  <sect1 id="client-lib">
-    <title>Calendar Client Library</title>
-
-    <para>
-      Communication between the personal calendar server and calendar
-      clients is defined by a set of &Bonobo; &CORBA; interfaces.
-      Clients can be written by implementing the client-side
-      <classname>Listener</classname> interface, which defines the
-      notification callbacks that the PCS uses to inform clients about
-      changes to the calendar.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      As a convenience for &GTK; programmers, &Evolution; also
-      includes a library which provides a
-      <classname>CalClient</classname> class which can be used for
-      communication with the personal calendar server.  Objects of
-      this class automatically contact the PCS when they are created.
-      <classname>CalClient</classname> provides functions to request
-      changes in the calendar, and it also emits signals when it gets
-      notification about changes from the PCS.  This makes it easy and
-      convenient to write calendar clients for &Evolution; using
-      &GTK;.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The implementation of the <classname>CalClient</classname> class
-      simply wraps the &Evolution; &CORBA; interfaces for calendaring
-      with a familiar-looking &GTK; object.  Calls to the
-      <classname>Listener</classname> interface get translated to
-      signal emissions from the <classname>CalClient</classname>, thus
-      shielding programmers from the details of the &CORBA;
-      interfaces.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-</article>
diff --git a/doc/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml b/doc/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index a339909f54..0000000000
--- a/doc/white-papers/mail/camel.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>">
-<!entity Camel "Camel">
-]>
-
-<article class="whitepaper" id="camel">
-
-  <artheader>
-    <title>The &Camel; Messaging Library</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Dan</firstname>
-	<surname>Winship</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>danw@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Bertrand</firstname>
-	<surname>Guiheneuf</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>bertrand@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-  </artheader>
-
-  <sect1 id="introduction">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>
-      &Camel; is a generic messaging library. It is being used as the
-      back end for the mail component of &Evolution;. The name
-      "&Camel;" is an acronym; it refers to the fact that the
-      library is capable of going several days without food or water.
-      It means : Camel's Acronym Makes Everyone Laugh.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &Camel;'s initial design is heavily based on Sun's
-      <trademark>JavaMail</trademark> API. It uses the Gtk+ object
-      system, and many of its classes are direct analags of JavaMail
-      classes. Its design has also been influenced by the features of
-      IMAP, and the limitations of the standard UNIX mbox mail store,
-      which set some of the boundaries on its requirements and
-      extensibility.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &Camel; sees all message repositories as stores containing
-      folders. These folders in turn contain the messages the client
-      actually accesses. The use of such a unified interface allows
-      the client applications to be very extensible. &Camel; includes
-      an external provider mechanism which allows applications to
-      dynamically load and use protocols which were not available when
-      the application was initially written.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The abstract store/folder mechanism is a powerful and versatile
-      way of accessing messages. No particular asumptions are made on
-      the client side, thus allowing new ways of managing the
-      messages. For example, the messages stored in the folders don't
-      necessarily have to share some common physical location. The
-      folder can be a purely virtual folder, containing only
-      references to the actual messages. This is used by the "vFolder"
-      provider, which allows you select messages meeting particular
-      criteria and deal with them as a group.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      In addition to these possibilities, &Camel; has full MIME
-      support. &Camel; MIME messages are lightweight objects
-      representing the MIME skeleton of the actual message. The data
-      contained in the subparts are never stored in memory except when
-      they are actually needed. The application, when accessing the
-      various MIME objects contained in the message (text parts,
-      attachments, embedded binary objects ...) asks &Camel; for a
-      stream that it can read data from. This scheme is particularly
-      useful with the IMAP provider. IMAP has strong MIME support
-      built-in, which allows &Camel; to download only the parts of
-      messages that it actually needs: attachments need not be
-      downloaded until they are viewed, and unnecessary
-      "multipart/alternative" parts will never be read off the server.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="overview">
-    <title>Overview</title>
-
-    <graphic format="gif" fileref="camel"></graphic>
-
-    <para>
-      To begin using &Camel;, an application first creates a
-      <classname>CamelSession</classname> object. This object is used
-      to store application defaults, and to coordinate communication
-      between providers and the application.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      A <classname>CamelProvider</classname> is a dynamically-loadable
-      module that provides functionality associated with a specific
-      service. Examples of providers are IMAP and SMTP. Providers
-      include subclasses of the various other &Camel; classes for
-      accessing and manipulating messages.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      <classname>CamelService</classname> is an abstract class for
-      describing a connection to a local or remote service. It
-      currently has two subclasses: <classname>CamelStore</classname>,
-      for services that store messages (such as IMAP servers and mbox
-      files), and <classname>CamelTransport</classname>, for services
-      that deliver messages (such as SMTP, or a local MTA). A provider
-      could also be both a store and a transport, as in the case of
-      NNTP.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      A <classname>CamelStore</classname> contains some number of
-      <classname>CamelFolder</classname> objects, which in turn
-      contain messages. A <classname>CamelFolder</classname> provides
-      a <classname>CamelFolderSummary</classname> object, which
-      includes details about the subject, date, and sender of each
-      message in the folder. The folder also includes the messages
-      themselves, as subclasses of <classname>CamelMedium</classname>.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Email messages are represented by the
-      <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname> class, a subclass of
-      <classname>CamelMedium</classname>. This class includes
-      operations for accessing RFC822 and MIME headers, accessing
-      subparts of MIME messages, encoding and decoding Base64 and
-      Quoted-Printable, etc.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      <classname>CamelTransport</classname> includes methods for
-      delivering messages. While the abstract
-      <function>CamelTransport::send</function> method takes a
-      <classname>CamelMedium</classname>, its subclasses may only be
-      able to deliver messages of specific
-      <classname>CamelMedium</classname> subclasses. For instance,
-      <classname>CamelSendmailTransport</classname> requires a
-      <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname>, because it needs a
-      message that includes a "To:" header. A hypothetical
-      <classname>CamelNNTPTransport</classname> would need a
-      <classname>CamelNewsMessage</classname>, which would have a
-      "Newsgroups:" header.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The content of messages are referred to using
-      <classname>CamelStream</classname> and its subclasses. In the
-      case of an mbox-based store, the
-      <classname>CamelStream</classname> would abstract the operation
-      of reading the correct section of the mbox file. For IMAP,
-      reading off the <classname>CamelStream</classname> might result
-      in commands being issued to the remote IMAP server and data
-      being read off a socket.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The final major class in &Camel; is
-      <classname>CamelException</classname>, which is used to
-      propagate information about errors. Many methods take a
-      <classname>CamelException</classname> as an argument, which the
-      caller can then check if an error occurs. It includes both a
-      numeric error code which can be interpreted by the program, and
-      a text error message that can be displayed to the user.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="classes">
-    <title>Major Subcomponents</title>
-
-    <sect2 id="store">
-      <title>The Message Store</title>
-
-      <para>
-        A <classname>CamelStore</classname> inherits the ability to
-        connect and authenticate to a service from its parent class,
-        <classname>CamelService</classname>. It then adds the ability
-        to retrieve folders. A store must contain at least one folder,
-        which can be retrieved with
-        <function>CamelStore::get_default_folder</function>. There are
-        also methods to retrieve the "top-level" folder (for
-        hieararchical stores), and to retrieve an arbitrary folder by
-        name.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        All <classname>CamelFolder</classname>s must implement certain
-        core operations, most notably generating a summary and
-        retrieving and deleting messages. A
-        <classname>CamelFolder</classname> must assign a permanently
-        unique identifier to each message it contains. Messages can
-        then be retrieved via
-        <function>CamelFolder::get_message_by_uid</function>. Alternately,
-        within a single mail-reading session, messages can be referred
-        to by their linear position within the store using
-        <function>CamelFolder::get_message_by_number</function>.
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Folders must also implement the
-        <function>get_parent_folder</function> and
-        <function>list_subfolders</function> methods. For stores that
-        don't allow multiple folders, they would return NULL and an
-        empty list, respectively. Stores that do allow multiple
-        folders will also define methods for creating and deleting
-        folders, and for moving messages between them (assuming the
-        folders are writable).
-      </para>
-
-      <para>
-        Folders that support searching can define the
-        <function>search_by_expression</function> method. For mbox
-        folders, this is implemented by indexing the messages with the
-        ibex library and using that to search them later. For IMAP
-        folders, this uses the IMAP SEARCH command. Other folder types
-        might not be able to implement this functionality, in which
-        case users would not be able to do full-content searches on
-        them.
-      </para>
-    </sect2>
-
-    <sect2 id="messages">
-      <title>Messages</title>
-
-      <para>
-        As mentioned before, messages are represented by subclasses of
-        <classname>CamelMedium</classname>.
-        <classname>CamelMedium</classname> itself is a subclass of
-        <classname>CamelDataWrapper</classname>, a generic class for
-        connecting a typed data source to a data sink.
-        <classname>CamelMedium</classname> adds the concept of message
-        headers versus message body.
-        (<classname>CamelDataWrapper</classname> has one other
-        important subclass, <classname>CamelMultipart</classname>,
-        which is used to provide separate access to the multiple
-        independent parts of a multipart MIME type.)
-        <classname>CamelMedium</classname>'s subclasses provide more
-        specialized handling of various headers:
-        <classname>CamelMimePart</classname> adds special handling for
-        the &ldquot;Content-*&rdquot; headers in MIME messages, and
-        its subclass <classname>CamelMimeMessage</classname> adds
-        handling for the RFC822 headers.
-      </para>
-
-      <graphic format="gif" fileref="mimemessage"></graphic>
-
-      <para>
-        Consider a message with two parts: a text part (in both plain
-        text and HTML), and an attached image:
-
-	<programlisting>
-
-	  From: Dan Winship &lt;danw@helixcode.com&gt;
-	  To: Matt Loper &lt;matt@helixcode.com&gt;
-	  Subject: the Camel white paper
-	  MIME-Version: 1.0
-	  Content-Type: multipart/mixed;
-		boundary="jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa"
-
-	  This is a multi-part message in MIME format.
-	  --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa
-	  Content-Type: multipart/alternative;
-		boundary="sFSenbAFDSgDfg"
-
-	  --sFSenbAFDSgDfg
-	  Content-Type: text/plain
-
-	  Hey, Matt
-
-	  Check out this graphic...
-
-	  -- Dan
-
-	  --sFSenbAFDSgDfg
-	  Content-Type: text/html
-
-	  Hey, Matt&lt;br&gt;
-	  &lt;br&gt;
-	  Check out this graphic...&lt;br&gt;
-	  &lt;br&gt;
-	  -- Dan&lt;br&gt;
-	  &lt;br&gt;
-	  --sFSenbAFDSgDfg--
-
-	  --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa
-	  Content-Type: image/png
-	  Content-Transfer-Encoding: base64
-
-	  F4JLw0ORrkRa8AwAMQJLAaI3UDIGsco9RAaB92...
-	  --jhTYrnsRrdhDFGa--
-	</programlisting>
-
-	<para>
-	  In &Camel;, this would be represented as follows:
-	</para>
-
-        <graphic fileref="samplemsg"></graphic>
-      </sect2>
-
-      <sect2 id="streams">
-        <title>Streams</title>
-
-	<para>
-	  Streams are a generic data transport layer. Two basic stream
-	  classes are <classname>CamelStreamFs</classname>, for
-	  reading and writing files, and
-	  <classname>CamelStreamMem</classname>, for reading from and
-	  writing to objects that are already in memory.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	  Streams can also be chained together. So a CamelMimePart
-	  containing base64-encoded data can filter its output through
-	  a CamelStreamB64. Other parts of the application that want
-	  to read its data will never need to even realize that the
-	  original data was encoded.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-
-</article>
diff --git a/doc/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml b/doc/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index dcb8f5ca4b..0000000000
--- a/doc/white-papers/mail/ibex.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>">
-<!entity Camel "Camel">
-<!entity Ibex "Ibex">
-]>
-
-<article class="whitepaper" id="ibex">
-
-  <artheader>
-    <title>Ibex: an Indexing System</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Dan</firstname>
-	<surname>Winship</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>danw@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-  </artheader>
-
-  <sect1 id="introduction">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>
-      &Ibex; is a library for text indexing. It is being used by
-      &Camel; to allow it to quickly search locally-stored messages,
-      either because the user is looking for a specific piece of text,
-      or because the application is contructing a vFolder or filtering
-      incoming mail.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="goals">
-    <title>Design Goals and Requirements for Ibex</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The design of &Ibex; is based on a number of requirements.
-
-    <itemizedlist>
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-	  First, obviously, it must be fast. In particular, searching
-	  the index must be appreciably faster than searching through
-	  the messages themselves, and constructing and maintaining
-	  the index must not take a noticeable amount of time.
-	</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-	  The indexes must not take up too much space. Many users have
-	  limited filesystem quotas on the systems where they read
-	  their mail, and even users who read mail on private machines
-	  have to worry about running out of space on their disks. The
-	  indexes should be able to do their job without taking up so
-	  much space that the user decides he would be better off
-	  without them.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	  Another aspect of this problem is that the system as a whole
-	  must be clever about what it does and does not index:
-	  accidentally indexing a "text" mail message containing
-	  uuencoded, BinHexed, or PGP-encrypted data will drastically
-	  affect the size of the index file. Either the caller or the
-	  indexer itself has to avoid trying to index these sorts of
-	  things.
-	</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-	  The indexing system must allow data to be added to the index
-	  incrementally, so that new messages can be added to the
-	  index (and deleted messages can be removed from it) without
-	  having to re-scan all existing messages.
-	</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-	  It must allow the calling application to explain the
-	  structure of the data however it wants to, rather than
-	  requiring that the unit of indexing be individual files.
-	  This way, &Camel; can index a single mbox-format file and
-	  treat it as multiple messages.
-	</para>
-      </listitem>
-
-      <listitem>
-        <para>
-	  It must support non-ASCII text, given that many people send
-	  and receive non-English email, and even people who only
-	  speak English may receive email from people whose names
-	  cannot be written in the US-ASCII character set.
-	</para>
-      </listitem>
-    </itemizedlist>
-
-    <para>
-      While there are a number of existing indexing systems, none of
-      them met all (or even most) of our requirements.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="implementation">
-    <title>The Implementation</title>
-
-    <para>
-      &Ibex; is still young, and many of the details of the current
-      implementation are not yet finalized.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      With the current index file format, 13 megabytes of Info files
-      can be indexed into a 371 kilobyte index file&mdash;a bit under
-      3% of the original size. This is reasonable, but making it
-      smaller would be nice. (The file format includes some simple
-      compression, but <application>gzip</application> can compress an
-      index file to about half its size, so we can clearly do better.)
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The implementation has been profiled and optimized for speed to
-      some degree. But, it has so far only been run on a 500MHz
-      Pentium III system with very fast disks, so we have no solid
-      benchmarks.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Further optimization (of both the file format and the in-memory
-      data structures) awaits seeing how the library is most easily
-      used by &Evolution;: if the indexes are likely to be kept in
-      memory for long periods of time, the in-memory data structures
-      need to be kept small, but the reading and writing operations
-      can be slow. On the other hand, if the indexes will only be
-      opened when they are needed, reading and writing must be fast,
-      and memory usage is less critical.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Of course, to be useful for other applications that have
-      indexing needs, the library should provide several options, so
-      that each application can use the library in the way that is
-      most suited for its needs.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-</article>
diff --git a/doc/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml b/doc/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ff4faf2ae..0000000000
--- a/doc/white-papers/widgets/e-table.sgml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype article PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity Evolution "<application>Evolution</application>">
-<!entity ETable "<classname>ETable</classname>">
-<!entity ETableModel "<classname>ETableModel</classname>">
-<!entity ETableSimple "<classname>ETableSimple</classname>">
-<!entity ETableHeader "<classname>ETableHeader</classname>">
-<!entity ETableSpecification "<classname>ETableSpecification</classname>">
-<!entity ETableCol "<classname>ETableCol</classname>">
-]>
-
-<article class="whitepaper" id="e-table">
-
-  <artheader>
-    <title>The ETable Widget</title>
-
-    <authorgroup>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Chris</firstname>
-	<surname>Lahey</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>clahey@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-      <author>
-	<firstname>Miguel</firstname>
-	<surname>de Icaza</surname>
-	<affiliation>
-	  <address>
-	    <email>miguel@helixcode.com</email>
-	  </address>
-	</affiliation>
-      </author>
-    </authorgroup>
-
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2000</year>
-      <holder>Helix Code, Inc.</holder>
-    </copyright>
-
-  </artheader>
-
-  <sect1 id="introduction">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; is a table widget on steroids. It is intended to provide
-      all the table functionality needed throughout &Evolution;, and
-      hopefully be general purpose enough to be used in other projects.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; provides a lot of interactive control over the data in the
-      table.  Without any work from the programmer, &ETable; provides
-      rearrangeable columns and editable data.  When finished, &ETable; will
-      also provide, again with no programmer intervention, easy interactive
-      sorting and grouping.  
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; gives you a great deal of functionality, flexibility, and
-      power. Most of this power is internal to the widget, but some of
-      the flexibility requires a bit of work by the programmer.
-      However, once you learn it, &ETable; is not very hard at all to
-      use.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable;'s power comes from the fact that it is fully
-      model/view/controller based.  Various models are involved into
-      the process of rendering the information, and various views are
-      provided.  The programmer has a wide range of options: from the
-      most finely hand-tuned table to a generic all-encompasing widget
-      that takes over most of tasks.  It is up to the programmer: he
-      can use the simple to use &ETable; widget that takes care of
-      everything in a generic way, or he can use the various
-      components to roll his own tabular display.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; ships with a standard set of information renderers:
-      strings, bitmaps, toggle-buttons, check-boxes, and multi-line
-      strings.  But the programmer can write and implement his own
-      renderer for his information.  This means that by default
-      &ETable; provides the basic display facilities that programmers
-      required, but they offer the programmer a complete freedom to
-      incorporate new cell renderers.
-    </para>
-    
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="model">
-    <title>ETableModel</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The data back end for the &ETable; is an &ETableModel;. The
-      &ETableModel is an abstract interface that acts as the
-      information repository for the various &ETable components.
-    </para>
-    
-    <para>
-      To use &ETable; you have to create a subclass of the abstract
-      &ETableModel; class.  However, to save you the work of defining
-      a new <classname>GtkClass</classname> every time you use
-      &ETable, there is a predefined subclass of &ETableModel; called
-      &ETableSimple; which simply takes a list of function callbacks
-      to perform the various operations.
-    </para>
-
-  </sect1>
-    
-  <sect1 id="columns">
-    <title>Columns</title>
-
-    <para>
-      There are two different meanings to the word "column". The first
-      is the model column (defined by the &ETableCol: object). A model
-      column describes how it maps to the column in the &ETableModel;
-      as well as containing information about its properties (name,
-      resizability, resize dimensions, and a renderer for this
-      specific columns). 
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; distinguishes between a model column index, and a view
-      column index.  The former reflects the column in which the data
-      is stored in the &ETableModel;  The later represents the actual
-      location at which the column is being displayed in the screen.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      Each view column index corresponds to a specific model column,
-      though a model column may have any number of view columns
-      associated with it (including zero).  For example the same
-      column might be rendered twice, or the data from one column
-      could be used to display different bits of information
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The view column does not necessarily depend on only one model
-      column. In some cases, the view column renderer can be given a
-      reference to another model column to get extra information about
-      its display. For example, a mail program could display deleted
-      messages with a line through them by creating a model column
-      with no corresponding view column that told whether or not the
-      message is deleted, and then having the text column
-      strikethrough the display if the invisible column had a value
-      corresponding to "deleted".
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The view column also specifies a few other pieces of
-      information. One piece of information is the renderer. &ETable;
-      provides a number of renderers to choose from, or you can write
-      your own. Currently, there are renderers for text, image sets,
-      and checkboxes.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The view column also includes information about the header.
-      There are two types of headers: text, and pixbuf. The first
-      allows you to specify a string which is rendered in the header.
-      The second allows you to specify an image to copy into the
-      header.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="header">
-    <title>Header</title>
-
-    <para>
-      The &ETableHeader; represents the header information for the
-      table. The &ETableHeader; is used in two different ways. The
-      first is the in the <structfield>full_header</structfield>
-      element of an &ETable;. This is the list of possible columns in
-      the view. You add each of your columns to this &ETableHeader;
-      and then pass it into the &ETable;.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The second use is completely internal. &ETable; uses another
-      &ETableHeader; to store the actual displayed columns. Many of
-      the &ETableHeader; functions are for this purpose. The only
-      functions that users of the library should need to use are
-      <function>e_table_header_new</function> and
-      <function>e_table_header_add_col</function>.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="layout">
-    <title>Layout Specification</title>
-
-    <para>
-      &ETable; uses an &ETableSpecification; to layout the columns of
-      the widget. The &ETableSpecification; is specified as XML data
-      passed into the &ETable; as a string.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The most powerful part of the &ETableSpecification; is that when
-      finished, &ETable; will allow you to get a copy of an
-      &ETableSpecification; that describes the current view of the
-      tree. This allows the developer to save the current view so that
-      next time the user opens this table, they find it in exactly the
-      state that they left it.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The XML specification allows for a number of things. First, it
-      allows you to pick a set of default columns to be shown. Thus,
-      even if you had hundreds of pieces of data, you could choose to
-      only display a few that fit on the screen by default.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The second major thing that the &ETableSpecification; allows you
-      to specify is the column grouping and sorting. &ETable; has a
-      powerful mechanism for allowing the user to choose columns to
-      group by, thus allowing multiple columns of sorting, as well as
-      visual grouping of similar elements and interactive selection of
-      what data to display.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      The grouping in &ETableSpecification; is specified as a
-      hierarchy of columns to group by. Each level of the hierarchy
-      lets you sort by a particular column, either ascending or
-      descending. All levels except the last cause the canvas to group
-      by the given column.
-    </para>
-
-    <para>
-      An example &ETableSpecification; follows.
-    </para>
-
-    <programlisting>
-      &lt;ETableSpecification&gt;
-        &lt;columns-shown frozen_columns="2"&gt;
-	  &lt;column&gt; 0 &lt;/column&gt;
-	  &lt;column&gt; 1 &lt;/column&gt;
-	  &lt;column&gt; 2 &lt;/column&gt;
-	  &lt;column&gt; 3 &lt;/column&gt;
-	  &lt;column&gt; 4 &lt;/column&gt;
-	&lt;/columns-shown&gt;
-	&lt;grouping&gt;
-	  &lt;group column="3" ascending="1"&gt;
-	    &lt;group column="4" ascending="0"&gt;
-	      &lt;leaf column="2" ascending="1"/&gt;
-	    &lt;/group&gt;
-	  &lt;/group&gt;
-	&lt;/grouping&gt;
-      &lt;/ETableSpecification&gt;
-    </programlisting>
-
-    <para>
-      This example has 5 columns which are initially in order. It has
-      2 levels of grouping. The first is grouped by the 4th column
-      (all indexes are 0 based) and sorts those groups in ascending
-      order. Inside those groups, the data is grouped by the fifth
-      column and sorted in descending order of the fifth column.
-      Finally, the data in those groups is sorted by the third column
-      in ascending order. Due to the "frozen_columns" attribute on the
-      columns-shown element, the user will not be
-      able to rearrange the first two columns. They will always be the
-      first two.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-
-  <sect1 id="conclusion">
-    <title>Conclusion</title>
-
-    <para>
-      All in all, &ETable; is a very powerful widget. Once you learn
-      to use it, you have access to a vast amount of power requiring a
-      comparatively small amount of work.
-    </para>
-  </sect1>
-</article>